Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in gcc
target.def revision 1.3
      1  1.1  mrg /* Target hook definitions.
      2  1.3  mrg    Copyright (C) 2001-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3  1.1  mrg 
      4  1.1  mrg    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
      5  1.1  mrg    under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
      6  1.1  mrg    Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
      7  1.1  mrg    later version.
      8  1.1  mrg 
      9  1.1  mrg    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     10  1.1  mrg    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     11  1.1  mrg    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     12  1.1  mrg    GNU General Public License for more details.
     13  1.1  mrg 
     14  1.1  mrg    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     15  1.1  mrg    along with this program; see the file COPYING3.  If not see
     16  1.1  mrg    <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
     17  1.1  mrg 
     18  1.1  mrg    In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
     19  1.1  mrg    You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
     20  1.1  mrg    what you give them.   Help stamp out software-hoarding!  */
     21  1.1  mrg 
     22  1.1  mrg /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
     23  1.1  mrg    provided by the including file, and how to use them here.  */
     24  1.1  mrg #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
     25  1.1  mrg 
     26  1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_TYPE
     27  1.1  mrg #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
     28  1.1  mrg 
     29  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
     30  1.1  mrg 
     31  1.1  mrg /* Functions that output assembler for the target.  */
     32  1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
     33  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
     34  1.1  mrg 
     35  1.1  mrg /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping.  */
     36  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
     37  1.1  mrg (open_paren,
     38  1.3  mrg  "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
     39  1.3  mrg assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions.  If not overridden, they\n\
     40  1.3  mrg default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
     41  1.1  mrg  const char *, "(")
     42  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
     43  1.1  mrg 
     44  1.1  mrg /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object.  */
     45  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
     46  1.1  mrg (byte_op,
     47  1.3  mrg  "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
     48  1.3  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
     49  1.3  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
     50  1.3  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
     51  1.3  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
     52  1.3  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
     53  1.3  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
     54  1.3  mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
     55  1.3  mrg These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
     56  1.3  mrg of integer object.  The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
     57  1.3  mrg byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
     58  1.3  mrg aligned two-byte object, and so on.  Any of the hooks may be\n\
     59  1.3  mrg @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
     60  1.3  mrg \n\
     61  1.3  mrg The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
     62  1.3  mrg followed immediately by the object's initial value.  In most cases,\n\
     63  1.3  mrg the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
     64  1.1  mrg  const char *, "\t.byte\t")
     65  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
     66  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
     67  1.1  mrg 
     68  1.1  mrg /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
     69  1.1  mrg    LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER.  */
     70  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
     71  1.1  mrg (label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
     72  1.3  mrg  "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
     73  1.3  mrg @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}.  This works only if\n\
     74  1.3  mrg @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
     75  1.3  mrg  int, (rtx_insn *label),
     76  1.1  mrg  default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
     77  1.1  mrg 
     78  1.1  mrg /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
     79  1.1  mrg    LOOP_ALIGN.  */
     80  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
     81  1.1  mrg (loop_align_max_skip,
     82  1.3  mrg  "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
     83  1.3  mrg @var{label}.  This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
     84  1.3  mrg defined.",
     85  1.3  mrg  int, (rtx_insn *label),
     86  1.1  mrg  default_loop_align_max_skip)
     87  1.1  mrg 
     88  1.1  mrg /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
     89  1.1  mrg    LABEL_ALIGN.  */
     90  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
     91  1.1  mrg (label_align_max_skip,
     92  1.3  mrg  "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
     93  1.3  mrg to @var{label}.  This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
     94  1.3  mrg is defined.",
     95  1.3  mrg  int, (rtx_insn *label),
     96  1.1  mrg  default_label_align_max_skip)
     97  1.1  mrg 
     98  1.1  mrg /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
     99  1.1  mrg    JUMP_ALIGN.  */
    100  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    101  1.1  mrg (jump_align_max_skip,
    102  1.3  mrg  "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
    103  1.3  mrg @code{JUMP_ALIGN}.  This works only if\n\
    104  1.3  mrg @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
    105  1.3  mrg  int, (rtx_insn *label),
    106  1.1  mrg  default_jump_align_max_skip)
    107  1.1  mrg 
    108  1.1  mrg /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
    109  1.1  mrg    value is given by X.  SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
    110  1.1  mrg    ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned.  Return true if
    111  1.1  mrg    successful.  Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
    112  1.1  mrg    and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL.  */
    113  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    114  1.1  mrg (integer,
    115  1.3  mrg  "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
    116  1.3  mrg integer object.  @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
    117  1.3  mrg in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned.  The\n\
    118  1.3  mrg function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
    119  1.3  mrg object.  If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
    120  1.3  mrg split the object into smaller parts.\n\
    121  1.3  mrg \n\
    122  1.3  mrg The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
    123  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
    124  1.3  mrg when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
    125  1.1  mrg  /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
    126  1.1  mrg     NULL.  */
    127  1.1  mrg  bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
    128  1.1  mrg  default_assemble_integer)
    129  1.1  mrg 
    130  1.3  mrg /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
    131  1.3  mrg    decl.  */
    132  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
    133  1.3  mrg (decl_end,
    134  1.3  mrg  "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
    135  1.3  mrg terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
    136  1.3  mrg  void, (void),
    137  1.3  mrg  hook_void_void)
    138  1.3  mrg 
    139  1.1  mrg /* Output code that will globalize a label.  */
    140  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    141  1.1  mrg (globalize_label,
    142  1.3  mrg  "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
    143  1.3  mrg @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
    144  1.3  mrg that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
    145  1.3  mrg \n\
    146  1.3  mrg The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
    147  1.3  mrg @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
    148  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
    149  1.1  mrg  default_globalize_label)
    150  1.1  mrg 
    151  1.1  mrg /* Output code that will globalize a declaration.  */
    152  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    153  1.1  mrg (globalize_decl_name,
    154  1.3  mrg  "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
    155  1.3  mrg @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
    156  1.3  mrg global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
    157  1.3  mrg \n\
    158  1.3  mrg The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
    159  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
    160  1.1  mrg 
    161  1.3  mrg /* Output code that will declare an external variable.  */
    162  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
    163  1.3  mrg (assemble_undefined_decl,
    164  1.3  mrg  "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
    165  1.3  mrg @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
    166  1.3  mrg @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit.  Most\n\
    167  1.3  mrg assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
    168  1.3  mrg  void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
    169  1.3  mrg  hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
    170  1.3  mrg 
    171  1.1  mrg /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
    172  1.1  mrg    target requires such labels.  Second argument is the decl the
    173  1.1  mrg    unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
    174  1.1  mrg    this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
    175  1.1  mrg    this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE.  */
    176  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    177  1.1  mrg (emit_unwind_label,
    178  1.3  mrg  "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@.  It\n\
    179  1.3  mrg should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
    180  1.3  mrg should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
    181  1.3  mrg function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
    182  1.3  mrg The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
    183  1.3  mrg exception table.  The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
    184  1.3  mrg true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
    185  1.3  mrg \n\
    186  1.3  mrg The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
    187  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
    188  1.1  mrg  default_emit_unwind_label)
    189  1.1  mrg 
    190  1.1  mrg /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table.  */
    191  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    192  1.1  mrg (emit_except_table_label,
    193  1.3  mrg  "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
    194  1.3  mrg It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
    195  1.3  mrg to be broken up according to function.\n\
    196  1.3  mrg \n\
    197  1.3  mrg The default is that no label is emitted.",
    198  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *stream),
    199  1.1  mrg  default_emit_except_table_label)
    200  1.1  mrg 
    201  1.1  mrg /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function.  */
    202  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    203  1.1  mrg (emit_except_personality,
    204  1.1  mrg  "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
    205  1.1  mrg  used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
    206  1.1  mrg  info.  This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
    207  1.1  mrg  void, (rtx personality),
    208  1.1  mrg  NULL)
    209  1.1  mrg 
    210  1.1  mrg /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction.  */
    211  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    212  1.1  mrg (unwind_emit,
    213  1.3  mrg  "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
    214  1.3  mrg given instruction.  This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
    215  1.3  mrg returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
    216  1.3  mrg  void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
    217  1.1  mrg  NULL)
    218  1.1  mrg 
    219  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
    220  1.1  mrg (unwind_emit_before_insn,
    221  1.1  mrg  "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
    222  1.1  mrg  the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
    223  1.1  mrg  be called afterward.",
    224  1.1  mrg  bool, true)
    225  1.1  mrg 
    226  1.1  mrg /* Generate an internal label.
    227  1.1  mrg    For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL.  */
    228  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
    229  1.1  mrg (generate_internal_label,
    230  1.1  mrg  "",
    231  1.1  mrg  void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
    232  1.1  mrg  default_generate_internal_label)
    233  1.1  mrg 
    234  1.1  mrg /* Output an internal label.  */
    235  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    236  1.1  mrg (internal_label,
    237  1.3  mrg  "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
    238  1.3  mrg name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
    239  1.3  mrg \n\
    240  1.3  mrg It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
    241  1.3  mrg used for user-level functions and variables.  Otherwise, certain programs\n\
    242  1.3  mrg will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
    243  1.3  mrg \n\
    244  1.3  mrg It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
    245  1.3  mrg object file.  Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
    246  1.3  mrg should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
    247  1.3  mrg beginning of a label has this effect.  You should find out what\n\
    248  1.3  mrg convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
    249  1.3  mrg \n\
    250  1.3  mrg The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
    251  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
    252  1.1  mrg  default_internal_label)
    253  1.1  mrg 
    254  1.1  mrg /* Output label for the constant.  */
    255  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    256  1.1  mrg (declare_constant_name,
    257  1.3  mrg  "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
    258  1.3  mrg for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined.  This\n\
    259  1.3  mrg target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
    260  1.3  mrg @code{assemble_label}).  The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
    261  1.3  mrg and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes.  The @var{name}\n\
    262  1.3  mrg will be an internal label.\n\
    263  1.3  mrg \n\
    264  1.3  mrg The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
    265  1.3  mrg usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
    266  1.3  mrg \n\
    267  1.3  mrg You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
    268  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
    269  1.1  mrg  default_asm_declare_constant_name)
    270  1.1  mrg 
    271  1.1  mrg /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object.  */
    272  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    273  1.1  mrg (ttype,
    274  1.3  mrg  "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
    275  1.3  mrg the type_info object identified by @var{sym}.  It should return @code{true}\n\
    276  1.3  mrg if the reference was output.  Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
    277  1.3  mrg reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
    278  1.1  mrg  bool, (rtx sym),
    279  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_rtx_false)
    280  1.1  mrg 
    281  1.1  mrg /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
    282  1.1  mrg    associated with the tree decl.  */
    283  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    284  1.1  mrg (assemble_visibility,
    285  1.3  mrg  "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
    286  1.3  mrg commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
    287  1.3  mrg hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
    288  1.1  mrg  void, (tree decl, int visibility),
    289  1.1  mrg  default_assemble_visibility)
    290  1.1  mrg 
    291  1.1  mrg /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function.  */
    292  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    293  1.1  mrg (function_prologue,
    294  1.3  mrg  "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
    295  1.3  mrg function.  The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
    296  1.3  mrg initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
    297  1.3  mrg saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
    298  1.3  mrg local variables.  @var{size} is an integer.  @var{file} is a stdio\n\
    299  1.3  mrg stream to which the assembler code should be output.\n\
    300  1.3  mrg \n\
    301  1.3  mrg The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
    302  1.3  mrg macro.  That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
    303  1.3  mrg \n\
    304  1.3  mrg @findex regs_ever_live\n\
    305  1.3  mrg To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
    306  1.3  mrg @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
    307  1.3  mrg @var{r} is used anywhere within the function.  This implies the function\n\
    308  1.3  mrg prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
    309  1.3  mrg call-used registers.  (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
    310  1.3  mrg @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
    311  1.3  mrg \n\
    312  1.3  mrg On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
    313  1.3  mrg not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
    314  1.3  mrg they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
    315  1.3  mrg appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
    316  1.3  mrg registers are used in the function.\n\
    317  1.3  mrg \n\
    318  1.3  mrg @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
    319  1.3  mrg On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
    320  1.3  mrg function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
    321  1.3  mrg pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise.  To determine whether a\n\
    322  1.3  mrg frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
    323  1.3  mrg @code{frame_pointer_needed}.  The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
    324  1.3  mrg time in a function that needs a frame pointer.  @xref{Elimination}.\n\
    325  1.3  mrg \n\
    326  1.3  mrg The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
    327  1.3  mrg required for the function.  This stack space consists of the regions\n\
    328  1.3  mrg listed below.  In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
    329  1.3  mrg order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
    330  1.3  mrg stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
    331  1.3  mrg the highest address if it is not defined).  You can use a different order\n\
    332  1.3  mrg for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
    333  1.3  mrg compatibility reasons.  Except in cases where required by standard\n\
    334  1.3  mrg or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
    335  1.3  mrg need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
    336  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
    337  1.1  mrg  default_function_pro_epilogue)
    338  1.1  mrg 
    339  1.1  mrg /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue.  */
    340  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    341  1.1  mrg (function_end_prologue,
    342  1.3  mrg  "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
    343  1.3  mrg prologue.  This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
    344  1.3  mrg emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
    345  1.3  mrg emitted.  @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
    346  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file),
    347  1.1  mrg  no_asm_to_stream)
    348  1.1  mrg 
    349  1.1  mrg /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue.  */
    350  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    351  1.1  mrg (function_begin_epilogue,
    352  1.3  mrg  "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
    353  1.3  mrg epilogue.  This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
    354  1.3  mrg emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
    355  1.3  mrg emitted.  @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
    356  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file),
    357  1.1  mrg  no_asm_to_stream)
    358  1.1  mrg 
    359  1.1  mrg /* Output the assembler code for function exit.  */
    360  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    361  1.1  mrg (function_epilogue,
    362  1.3  mrg  "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
    363  1.3  mrg function.  The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
    364  1.3  mrg registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
    365  1.3  mrg called, and returning control to the caller.  This macro takes the\n\
    366  1.3  mrg same arguments as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
    367  1.3  mrg registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
    368  1.3  mrg @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
    369  1.3  mrg \n\
    370  1.3  mrg On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
    371  1.3  mrg of returning from the function.  On these machines, give that\n\
    372  1.3  mrg instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
    373  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
    374  1.3  mrg \n\
    375  1.3  mrg Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
    376  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used.  If you want the target\n\
    377  1.3  mrg switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
    378  1.3  mrg define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
    379  1.3  mrg target switches appropriately.  If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
    380  1.3  mrg condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
    381  1.3  mrg \n\
    382  1.3  mrg On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
    383  1.3  mrg function exit code must vary accordingly.  Sometimes the code for these\n\
    384  1.3  mrg two cases is completely different.  To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
    385  1.3  mrg is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
    386  1.3  mrg @code{frame_pointer_needed}.  The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
    387  1.3  mrg a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
    388  1.3  mrg \n\
    389  1.3  mrg Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
    390  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
    391  1.3  mrg The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
    392  1.3  mrg function.  @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
    393  1.3  mrg \n\
    394  1.3  mrg On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
    395  1.3  mrg others leave that for the caller to do.  For example, the 68020 when\n\
    396  1.3  mrg given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
    397  1.3  mrg number of arguments.\n\
    398  1.3  mrg \n\
    399  1.3  mrg @findex pops_args\n\
    400  1.3  mrg @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
    401  1.3  mrg Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
    402  1.3  mrg functions pop their own arguments.  @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
    403  1.3  mrg needs to know what was decided.  The number of bytes of the current\n\
    404  1.3  mrg function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
    405  1.3  mrg @code{crtl->args.pops_args}.  @xref{Scalar Return}.",
    406  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
    407  1.1  mrg  default_function_pro_epilogue)
    408  1.1  mrg 
    409  1.1  mrg /* Initialize target-specific sections.  */
    410  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    411  1.1  mrg (init_sections,
    412  1.3  mrg  "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
    413  1.3  mrg @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
    414  1.3  mrg of its own that you need to create.\n\
    415  1.3  mrg \n\
    416  1.3  mrg GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
    417  1.3  mrg any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
    418  1.3  mrg described below.",
    419  1.1  mrg  void, (void),
    420  1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
    421  1.1  mrg 
    422  1.1  mrg /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
    423  1.1  mrg    If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
    424  1.1  mrg    which this section is associated.  */
    425  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    426  1.1  mrg (named_section,
    427  1.3  mrg  "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}.  The section\n\
    428  1.3  mrg should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
    429  1.3  mrg of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}.  If @var{decl}\n\
    430  1.3  mrg is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
    431  1.3  mrg this section is associated.",
    432  1.1  mrg  void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
    433  1.1  mrg  default_no_named_section)
    434  1.1  mrg 
    435  1.1  mrg /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
    436  1.1  mrg    Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
    437  1.1  mrg    functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
    438  1.1  mrg    at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
    439  1.1  mrg    EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
    440  1.1  mrg    (from static destructors).
    441  1.1  mrg    Return NULL if function should go to default text section.  */
    442  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    443  1.1  mrg (function_section,
    444  1.3  mrg  "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
    445  1.3  mrg Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
    446  1.3  mrg functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
    447  1.3  mrg at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
    448  1.3  mrg @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
    449  1.3  mrg (from static destructors).\n\
    450  1.3  mrg Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
    451  1.1  mrg  section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
    452  1.1  mrg  default_function_section)
    453  1.1  mrg 
    454  1.1  mrg /* Output the assembler code for function exit.  */
    455  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    456  1.1  mrg (function_switched_text_sections,
    457  1.1  mrg  "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
    458  1.1  mrg   labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
    459  1.1  mrg   sections.  Output should be written to @var{file}.  The function\
    460  1.1  mrg   decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
    461  1.1  mrg   @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
    462  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
    463  1.1  mrg  default_function_switched_text_sections)
    464  1.1  mrg 
    465  1.1  mrg /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
    466  1.1  mrg    selecting sections.  Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
    467  1.1  mrg    should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
    468  1.1  mrg    local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.  */
    469  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    470  1.1  mrg (reloc_rw_mask,
    471  1.3  mrg  "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
    472  1.3  mrg selecting sections.  Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
    473  1.3  mrg should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
    474  1.3  mrg local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
    475  1.3  mrg \n\
    476  1.3  mrg The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
    477  1.3  mrg is in effect, and 0 otherwise.  The hook is typically redefined\n\
    478  1.3  mrg when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
    479  1.3  mrg in read-only sections even in executables.",
    480  1.1  mrg  int, (void),
    481  1.1  mrg  default_reloc_rw_mask)
    482  1.1  mrg 
    483  1.1  mrg  /* Return a section for EXP.  It may be a DECL or a constant.  RELOC
    484  1.1  mrg     is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
    485  1.1  mrg     set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
    486  1.1  mrg     ALIGN is the required alignment of the data.  */
    487  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    488  1.1  mrg (select_section,
    489  1.3  mrg  "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed.  You can\n\
    490  1.3  mrg assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
    491  1.3  mrg some sort.  @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
    492  1.3  mrg requires link-time relocations.  Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
    493  1.3  mrg local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
    494  1.3  mrg @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
    495  1.3  mrg \n\
    496  1.3  mrg The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
    497  1.3  mrg variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
    498  1.3  mrg \n\
    499  1.3  mrg See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
    500  1.1  mrg  section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
    501  1.1  mrg  default_select_section)
    502  1.1  mrg 
    503  1.1  mrg /* Return a section for X.  MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
    504  1.1  mrg    alignment in bits.  */
    505  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    506  1.1  mrg (select_rtx_section,
    507  1.3  mrg  "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
    508  1.3  mrg should be placed.  You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
    509  1.3  mrg constant in RTL@.  The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
    510  1.3  mrg case of a @code{const_int} rtx.  @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
    511  1.3  mrg in bits.\n\
    512  1.3  mrg \n\
    513  1.3  mrg The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
    514  1.3  mrg constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
    515  1.3  mrg else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
    516  1.3  mrg  section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
    517  1.1  mrg  default_select_rtx_section)
    518  1.1  mrg 
    519  1.1  mrg /* Select a unique section name for DECL.  RELOC is the same as
    520  1.1  mrg    for SELECT_SECTION.  */
    521  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    522  1.1  mrg (unique_section,
    523  1.3  mrg  "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
    524  1.3  mrg and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
    525  1.3  mrg As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
    526  1.3  mrg the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
    527  1.3  mrg \n\
    528  1.3  mrg The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
    529  1.3  mrg ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol.  For\n\
    530  1.3  mrg example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
    531  1.3  mrg Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
    532  1.1  mrg  void, (tree decl, int reloc),
    533  1.1  mrg  default_unique_section)
    534  1.1  mrg 
    535  1.1  mrg /* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL.  */
    536  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    537  1.1  mrg (function_rodata_section,
    538  1.3  mrg  "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
    539  1.3  mrg @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
    540  1.3  mrg The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
    541  1.3  mrg the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
    542  1.3  mrg if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
    543  1.3  mrg otherwise.",
    544  1.1  mrg  section *, (tree decl),
    545  1.1  mrg  default_function_rodata_section)
    546  1.1  mrg 
    547  1.1  mrg /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
    548  1.1  mrg    for mergeable data sections.  */
    549  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
    550  1.1  mrg (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
    551  1.1  mrg  "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
    552  1.1  mrg section names for mergeable constant data.  Define this macro to override\n\
    553  1.1  mrg the string if a different section name should be used.",
    554  1.1  mrg  const char *, ".rodata")
    555  1.1  mrg 
    556  1.1  mrg /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables.  */
    557  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    558  1.1  mrg (tm_clone_table_section,
    559  1.1  mrg  "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
    560  1.1  mrg   tables.",
    561  1.1  mrg  section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
    562  1.1  mrg 
    563  1.1  mrg /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority.  */
    564  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    565  1.1  mrg (constructor,
    566  1.3  mrg  "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
    567  1.3  mrg the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
    568  1.3  mrg \n\
    569  1.3  mrg Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
    570  1.3  mrg no arguments and with no return value.  If the target supports initialization\n\
    571  1.3  mrg priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
    572  1.3  mrg otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
    573  1.3  mrg \n\
    574  1.3  mrg If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
    575  1.3  mrg be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
    576  1.3  mrg target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
    577  1.3  mrg is not defined.",
    578  1.1  mrg  void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
    579  1.1  mrg 
    580  1.1  mrg /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority.  */
    581  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    582  1.1  mrg (destructor,
    583  1.3  mrg  "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
    584  1.3  mrg functions rather than initialization functions.",
    585  1.1  mrg  void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
    586  1.1  mrg 
    587  1.1  mrg /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function.  THUNK_DECL is the
    588  1.1  mrg    declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
    589  1.1  mrg    the target function.  DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
    590  1.1  mrg    added to THIS.  If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
    591  1.1  mrg    *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS.  */
    592  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    593  1.1  mrg (output_mi_thunk,
    594  1.3  mrg  "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
    595  1.3  mrg function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
    596  1.3  mrg inheritance.  The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
    597  1.3  mrg adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
    598  1.3  mrg the real function.\n\
    599  1.3  mrg \n\
    600  1.3  mrg First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
    601  1.3  mrg contains the incoming first argument.  Assume that this argument\n\
    602  1.3  mrg contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
    603  1.3  mrg in C++.  This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
    604  1.3  mrg e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc.  The addition must preserve the values of\n\
    605  1.3  mrg all other incoming arguments.\n\
    606  1.3  mrg \n\
    607  1.3  mrg Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
    608  1.3  mrg made after adding @code{delta}.  In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
    609  1.3  mrg adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
    610  1.3  mrg \n\
    611  1.3  mrg @smallexample\n\
    612  1.3  mrg p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
    613  1.3  mrg @end smallexample\n\
    614  1.3  mrg \n\
    615  1.3  mrg After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
    616  1.3  mrg @code{FUNCTION_DECL}.  This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
    617  1.3  mrg not touch the return address.  Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
    618  1.3  mrg return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
    619  1.3  mrg \n\
    620  1.3  mrg The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
    621  1.3  mrg the adjusted first argument.  This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
    622  1.3  mrg of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
    623  1.3  mrg and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
    624  1.3  mrg \n\
    625  1.3  mrg The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant.  (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
    626  1.3  mrg have already been extracted from it.)  It might possibly be useful on\n\
    627  1.3  mrg some targets, but probably not.\n\
    628  1.3  mrg \n\
    629  1.3  mrg If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
    630  1.3  mrg front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
    631  1.3  mrg @var{function} instead of jumping to it.  The generic approach does\n\
    632  1.3  mrg not support varargs.",
    633  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
    634  1.1  mrg 	HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
    635  1.1  mrg  NULL)
    636  1.1  mrg 
    637  1.1  mrg /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed.  */
    638  1.1  mrg /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
    639  1.1  mrg    would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly.  But there's
    640  1.1  mrg    too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
    641  1.1  mrg    Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
    642  1.1  mrg    text to the output file.  */
    643  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    644  1.1  mrg (can_output_mi_thunk,
    645  1.3  mrg  "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
    646  1.3  mrg to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
    647  1.3  mrg arguments it is passed, and false otherwise.  In the latter case, the\n\
    648  1.3  mrg generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
    649  1.3  mrg previously exposed.",
    650  1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
    651  1.1  mrg 	HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
    652  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
    653  1.1  mrg 
    654  1.1  mrg /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
    655  1.1  mrg    translation unit.  */
    656  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    657  1.1  mrg (file_start,
    658  1.3  mrg  "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
    659  1.3  mrg find at the beginning of a file.  The default behavior is controlled\n\
    660  1.3  mrg by two flags, documented below.  Unless your target's assembler is\n\
    661  1.3  mrg quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
    662  1.3  mrg @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook.  This\n\
    663  1.3  mrg lets other target files rely on these variables.",
    664  1.1  mrg  void, (void),
    665  1.1  mrg  default_file_start)
    666  1.1  mrg 
    667  1.1  mrg /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit.  */
    668  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    669  1.1  mrg (file_end,
    670  1.3  mrg  "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
    671  1.3  mrg to find at the end of a file.  The default is to output nothing.",
    672  1.1  mrg  void, (void),
    673  1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
    674  1.1  mrg 
    675  1.1  mrg /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
    676  1.1  mrg    LTO output stream.  */
    677  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    678  1.1  mrg (lto_start,
    679  1.3  mrg  "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
    680  1.3  mrg to find at the start of an LTO section.  The default is to output\n\
    681  1.3  mrg nothing.",
    682  1.1  mrg  void, (void),
    683  1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
    684  1.1  mrg 
    685  1.1  mrg /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
    686  1.1  mrg    LTO output stream.  */
    687  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    688  1.1  mrg (lto_end,
    689  1.3  mrg  "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
    690  1.3  mrg to find at the end of an LTO section.  The default is to output\n\
    691  1.3  mrg nothing.",
    692  1.1  mrg  void, (void),
    693  1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
    694  1.1  mrg 
    695  1.1  mrg /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
    696  1.1  mrg    translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted.  */
    697  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    698  1.1  mrg (code_end,
    699  1.3  mrg  "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
    700  1.3  mrg unwind info and debug info at the end of a file.  Some targets emit\n\
    701  1.3  mrg here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
    702  1.3  mrg because they couldn't have unwind info then.  The default is to output\n\
    703  1.3  mrg nothing.",
    704  1.1  mrg  void, (void),
    705  1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
    706  1.1  mrg 
    707  1.1  mrg /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
    708  1.1  mrg    external.  */
    709  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    710  1.1  mrg (external_libcall,
    711  1.3  mrg  "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
    712  1.3  mrg pseudo-op to declare a library function name external.  The name of the\n\
    713  1.3  mrg library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
    714  1.1  mrg  void, (rtx symref),
    715  1.1  mrg  default_external_libcall)
    716  1.1  mrg 
    717  1.1  mrg /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
    718  1.1  mrg    linker to not dead code strip this symbol.  */
    719  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    720  1.1  mrg (mark_decl_preserved,
    721  1.3  mrg  "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
    722  1.3  mrg directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used.  The Darwin target uses the\n\
    723  1.3  mrg .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
    724  1.1  mrg  void, (const char *symbol),
    725  1.1  mrg  hook_void_constcharptr)
    726  1.1  mrg 
    727  1.1  mrg /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed.  */
    728  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    729  1.1  mrg (record_gcc_switches,
    730  1.3  mrg  "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
    731  1.3  mrg switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
    732  1.3  mrg enabled.  The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
    733  1.3  mrg It can take the following values:\n\
    734  1.3  mrg \n\
    735  1.3  mrg @table @gcctabopt\n\
    736  1.3  mrg @item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
    737  1.3  mrg @var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
    738  1.3  mrg \n\
    739  1.3  mrg @item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
    740  1.3  mrg @var{text} is an option which has been enabled.  This might be as a\n\
    741  1.3  mrg direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
    742  1.3  mrg default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
    743  1.3  mrg command line switch.  For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
    744  1.3  mrg various different individual optimization passes.\n\
    745  1.3  mrg \n\
    746  1.3  mrg @item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
    747  1.3  mrg @var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
    748  1.3  mrg ignored.  If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
    749  1.3  mrg target hook that either recording is starting or ending.  The first\n\
    750  1.3  mrg time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
    751  1.3  mrg warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
    752  1.3  mrg wind down.  This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
    753  1.3  mrg necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
    754  1.3  mrg perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
    755  1.3  mrg switches.\n\
    756  1.3  mrg \n\
    757  1.3  mrg @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
    758  1.3  mrg This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
    759  1.3  mrg \n\
    760  1.3  mrg @item  SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
    761  1.3  mrg This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
    762  1.3  mrg @end table\n\
    763  1.3  mrg \n\
    764  1.3  mrg The hook's return value must be zero.  Other return values may be\n\
    765  1.3  mrg supported in the future.\n\
    766  1.3  mrg \n\
    767  1.3  mrg By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
    768  1.3  mrg provided for ELF based targets.  Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
    769  1.3  mrg it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
    770  1.3  mrg section in the assembler output file.  The name of the new section is\n\
    771  1.3  mrg provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
    772  1.3  mrg hook.",
    773  1.1  mrg  int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
    774  1.1  mrg  NULL)
    775  1.1  mrg 
    776  1.1  mrg /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
    777  1.1  mrg    record_gcc_switches will use to store the information.  Target
    778  1.1  mrg    specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
    779  1.1  mrg    this information.  */
    780  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
    781  1.1  mrg (record_gcc_switches_section,
    782  1.3  mrg  "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
    783  1.3  mrg ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
    784  1.3  mrg hook.",
    785  1.1  mrg  const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
    786  1.1  mrg 
    787  1.1  mrg /* Output the definition of a section anchor.  */
    788  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    789  1.1  mrg (output_anchor,
    790  1.3  mrg  "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
    791  1.3  mrg @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
    792  1.3  mrg The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
    793  1.3  mrg of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
    794  1.3  mrg \n\
    795  1.3  mrg If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
    796  1.3  mrg it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
    797  1.3  mrg If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
    798  1.3  mrg is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
    799  1.1  mrg  void, (rtx x),
    800  1.1  mrg  default_asm_output_anchor)
    801  1.1  mrg 
    802  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    803  1.1  mrg (output_ident,
    804  1.1  mrg  "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
    805  1.1  mrg  directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
    806  1.1  mrg  If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
    807  1.1  mrg  directive.",
    808  1.1  mrg  void, (const char *name),
    809  1.1  mrg  hook_void_constcharptr)
    810  1.1  mrg 
    811  1.1  mrg /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol.  */
    812  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    813  1.1  mrg (output_dwarf_dtprel,
    814  1.3  mrg  "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
    815  1.3  mrg reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
    816  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
    817  1.1  mrg  NULL)
    818  1.1  mrg 
    819  1.1  mrg /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output.  */
    820  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    821  1.1  mrg (final_postscan_insn,
    822  1.3  mrg  "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
    823  1.3  mrg output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
    824  1.3  mrg if necessary.\n\
    825  1.3  mrg \n\
    826  1.3  mrg Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
    827  1.3  mrg extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
    828  1.3  mrg elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
    829  1.3  mrg The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
    830  1.3  mrg template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
    831  1.3  mrg by checking the contents of the vector.",
    832  1.3  mrg  void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
    833  1.1  mrg  NULL)
    834  1.1  mrg 
    835  1.1  mrg /* Emit the trampoline template.  This hook may be NULL.  */
    836  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    837  1.1  mrg (trampoline_template,
    838  1.3  mrg  "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
    839  1.3  mrg on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
    840  1.3  mrg the constant parts of a trampoline.  This code should not include a\n\
    841  1.3  mrg label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
    842  1.3  mrg \n\
    843  1.3  mrg If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
    844  1.3  mrg for the target.  Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
    845  1.3  mrg code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
    846  1.3  mrg to generate it on the spot.",
    847  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *f),
    848  1.1  mrg  NULL)
    849  1.1  mrg 
    850  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    851  1.1  mrg (output_source_filename,
    852  1.1  mrg  "Output COFF information or DWARF debugging information which indicates\
    853  1.1  mrg  that filename @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio\
    854  1.1  mrg  stream @var{file}.\n\
    855  1.1  mrg  \n\
    856  1.1  mrg  This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
    857  1.1  mrg  for the file format in use is appropriate.",
    858  1.1  mrg  void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
    859  1.1  mrg  default_asm_output_source_filename)
    860  1.1  mrg 
    861  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    862  1.1  mrg (output_addr_const_extra,
    863  1.3  mrg  "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
    864  1.3  mrg can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
    865  1.3  mrg the pattern @var{x}.  This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
    866  1.3  mrg @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
    867  1.3  mrg \n\
    868  1.3  mrg If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
    869  1.3  mrg so that a standard error message is printed.  If it prints an error message\n\
    870  1.3  mrg itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
    871  1.3  mrg return @code{true}.",
    872  1.1  mrg  bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
    873  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
    874  1.1  mrg 
    875  1.1  mrg /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
    876  1.1  mrg    even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
    877  1.1  mrg    initializers.  */
    878  1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
    879  1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
    880  1.1  mrg 
    881  1.1  mrg /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand.  */
    882  1.1  mrg /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
    883  1.1  mrg    not this  hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE.  */
    884  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
    885  1.1  mrg (print_operand,
    886  1.1  mrg  "",
    887  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
    888  1.1  mrg  default_print_operand)
    889  1.1  mrg 
    890  1.1  mrg /* Emit a machine-specific memory address.  */
    891  1.1  mrg /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
    892  1.1  mrg    not this  hook, and uses different argument names.  */
    893  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
    894  1.1  mrg (print_operand_address,
    895  1.1  mrg  "",
    896  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, rtx addr),
    897  1.1  mrg  default_print_operand_address)
    898  1.1  mrg 
    899  1.1  mrg /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
    900  1.1  mrg    `print_operand' hook.  */
    901  1.1  mrg /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
    902  1.1  mrg    not this  hook.  */
    903  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
    904  1.1  mrg (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
    905  1.1  mrg  "",
    906  1.1  mrg  bool ,(unsigned char code),
    907  1.1  mrg  default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
    908  1.1  mrg 
    909  1.1  mrg /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
    910  1.1  mrg    ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE.  */
    911  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    912  1.1  mrg (mangle_assembler_name,
    913  1.1  mrg  "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
    914  1.1  mrg  @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
    915  1.1  mrg  result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}.  Required for correct LTO symtabs.  The\
    916  1.1  mrg  default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
    917  1.1  mrg  then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
    918  1.1  mrg  tree, (const char *name),
    919  1.1  mrg  default_mangle_assembler_name)
    920  1.1  mrg 
    921  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
    922  1.1  mrg 
    923  1.1  mrg /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling.  All of these
    924  1.1  mrg    default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles.  */
    925  1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
    926  1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
    927  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
    928  1.1  mrg 
    929  1.1  mrg /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
    930  1.1  mrg    return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
    931  1.1  mrg    the dependence LINK.  The default is to make no adjustment.  */
    932  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    933  1.1  mrg (adjust_cost,
    934  1.3  mrg  "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
    935  1.3  mrg relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through the\n\
    936  1.3  mrg dependence @var{link}.  It should return the new value.  The default\n\
    937  1.3  mrg is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}.  This can be used for example\n\
    938  1.3  mrg to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline description\n\
    939  1.3  mrg that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost as a\n\
    940  1.3  mrg data-dependence.  If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
    941  1.3  mrg description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
    942  1.3  mrg output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
    943  1.3  mrg times of the first and the second insns.  If these values are not\n\
    944  1.3  mrg acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too.  See also\n\
    945  1.3  mrg @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
    946  1.3  mrg  int, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx link, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost), NULL)
    947  1.1  mrg 
    948  1.1  mrg /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit.  Returns the new priority.  */
    949  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    950  1.1  mrg (adjust_priority,
    951  1.3  mrg  "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
    952  1.3  mrg @var{insn}.  It should return the new priority.  Increase the priority to\n\
    953  1.3  mrg execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
    954  1.3  mrg later.  Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
    955  1.3  mrg scheduling priorities of insns.",
    956  1.3  mrg  int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
    957  1.1  mrg 
    958  1.1  mrg /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
    959  1.1  mrg    scheduled in the same machine cycle.  This must be constant
    960  1.1  mrg    over an entire compilation.  The default is 1.  */
    961  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    962  1.1  mrg (issue_rate,
    963  1.3  mrg  "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
    964  1.3  mrg issue at the same time on the target machine.  The default is one.\n\
    965  1.3  mrg Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
    966  1.3  mrg an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
    967  1.3  mrg constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
    968  1.3  mrg hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
    969  1.3  mrg This value must be constant over the entire compilation.  If you need\n\
    970  1.3  mrg it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
    971  1.3  mrg @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
    972  1.1  mrg  int, (void), NULL)
    973  1.1  mrg 
    974  1.1  mrg /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
    975  1.1  mrg    can emit this cycle.  Default is they all cost the same.  */
    976  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    977  1.1  mrg (variable_issue,
    978  1.3  mrg  "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
    979  1.3  mrg from the ready list.  It should return the number of insns which can\n\
    980  1.3  mrg still be issued in the current cycle.  The default is\n\
    981  1.3  mrg @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
    982  1.3  mrg @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
    983  1.3  mrg You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
    984  1.3  mrg than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
    985  1.3  mrg @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
    986  1.3  mrg debug output to.  @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
    987  1.3  mrg @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.  @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
    988  1.3  mrg was scheduled.",
    989  1.3  mrg  int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
    990  1.1  mrg 
    991  1.1  mrg /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code.  */
    992  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
    993  1.1  mrg (init,
    994  1.3  mrg  "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
    995  1.3  mrg instructions that are to be scheduled.  @var{file} is either a null\n\
    996  1.3  mrg pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.  @var{verbose}\n\
    997  1.3  mrg is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
    998  1.3  mrg @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
    999  1.3  mrg region that can be live at the same time.  This can be used to allocate\n\
   1000  1.3  mrg scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
   1001  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
   1002  1.1  mrg 
   1003  1.1  mrg /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code.  */
   1004  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1005  1.1  mrg (finish,
   1006  1.3  mrg  "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
   1007  1.3  mrg instructions that are to be scheduled.  It can be used to perform\n\
   1008  1.3  mrg cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks.  @var{file}\n\
   1009  1.3  mrg is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
   1010  1.3  mrg to.  @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
   1011  1.3  mrg @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
   1012  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
   1013  1.1  mrg 
   1014  1.1  mrg  /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code.  */
   1015  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1016  1.1  mrg (init_global,
   1017  1.3  mrg  "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
   1018  1.3  mrg @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
   1019  1.3  mrg @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
   1020  1.3  mrg @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
   1021  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
   1022  1.1  mrg 
   1023  1.1  mrg /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code.  */
   1024  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1025  1.1  mrg (finish_global,
   1026  1.3  mrg  "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
   1027  1.3  mrg @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
   1028  1.3  mrg @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
   1029  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
   1030  1.1  mrg 
   1031  1.1  mrg /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
   1032  1.1  mrg        places.  Default does nothing.  */
   1033  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1034  1.1  mrg (reorder,
   1035  1.3  mrg  "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
   1036  1.3  mrg list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
   1037  1.3  mrg combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
   1038  1.3  mrg @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
   1039  1.3  mrg debug output to.  @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
   1040  1.3  mrg @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.  @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
   1041  1.3  mrg list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled.  @var{n_readyp} is\n\
   1042  1.3  mrg a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list.  The scheduler\n\
   1043  1.3  mrg reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
   1044  1.3  mrg @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0].  @var{clock}\n\
   1045  1.3  mrg is the timer tick of the scheduler.  You may modify the ready list and\n\
   1046  1.3  mrg the number of ready insns.  The return value is the number of insns that\n\
   1047  1.3  mrg can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}.  See also\n\
   1048  1.3  mrg @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
   1049  1.3  mrg  int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
   1050  1.1  mrg 
   1051  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1052  1.1  mrg (reorder2,
   1053  1.3  mrg  "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time.  That\n\
   1054  1.3  mrg function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle.  This one\n\
   1055  1.3  mrg is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
   1056  1.3  mrg @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
   1057  1.3  mrg return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle.  Defining\n\
   1058  1.3  mrg this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
   1059  1.3  mrg scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
   1060  1.3  mrg cycle.  These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
   1061  1.3  mrg  int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
   1062  1.3  mrg 
   1063  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   1064  1.3  mrg (macro_fusion_p,
   1065  1.3  mrg  "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
   1066  1.3  mrg  bool, (void), NULL)
   1067  1.3  mrg 
   1068  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   1069  1.3  mrg (macro_fusion_pair_p,
   1070  1.3  mrg  "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
   1071  1.3  mrg a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
   1072  1.3  mrg (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
   1073  1.3  mrg group, and they will not be scheduled apart.  The two insns will be either\n\
   1074  1.3  mrg two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
   1075  1.3  mrg validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
   1076  1.3  mrg  bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
   1077  1.1  mrg 
   1078  1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
   1079  1.1  mrg    after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
   1080  1.1  mrg    by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly).  */
   1081  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1082  1.1  mrg (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
   1083  1.3  mrg  "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
   1084  1.3  mrg chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
   1085  1.3  mrg correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain.  For\n\
   1086  1.3  mrg example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
   1087  1.3  mrg analysis of dependencies.  This hook can use backward and forward\n\
   1088  1.3  mrg dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
   1089  1.3  mrg calculated.",
   1090  1.3  mrg  void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
   1091  1.1  mrg 
   1092  1.1  mrg /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
   1093  1.1  mrg    used to simplify the automaton descriptions.  dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
   1094  1.1  mrg    dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
   1095  1.1  mrg    change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
   1096  1.1  mrg    processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes.  The function
   1097  1.1  mrg    defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
   1098  1.1  mrg    used to initialize the corresponding insns.  The default values of
   1099  1.1  mrg    the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
   1100  1.1  mrg    new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes.  */
   1101  1.1  mrg 
   1102  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1103  1.1  mrg (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
   1104  1.3  mrg  "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
   1105  1.1  mrg  void, (void), NULL)
   1106  1.1  mrg 
   1107  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1108  1.1  mrg (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
   1109  1.3  mrg  "The hook returns an RTL insn.  The automaton state used in the\n\
   1110  1.3  mrg pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
   1111  1.3  mrg when the new simulated processor cycle starts.  Usage of the hook may\n\
   1112  1.3  mrg simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
   1113  1.3  mrg processors.  If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
   1114  1.3  mrg based pipeline description.  The default is not to change the state\n\
   1115  1.3  mrg when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
   1116  1.1  mrg  rtx, (void), NULL)
   1117  1.1  mrg 
   1118  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1119  1.1  mrg (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
   1120  1.3  mrg  "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
   1121  1.3  mrg used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
   1122  1.1  mrg  void, (void), NULL)
   1123  1.1  mrg 
   1124  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1125  1.1  mrg (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
   1126  1.3  mrg  "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
   1127  1.3  mrg to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
   1128  1.3  mrg simulated processor cycle finishes.",
   1129  1.3  mrg  rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
   1130  1.1  mrg 
   1131  1.1  mrg /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
   1132  1.1  mrg    functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
   1133  1.1  mrg    dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
   1134  1.1  mrg    immediately before and after cycle is advanced.  */
   1135  1.1  mrg 
   1136  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1137  1.1  mrg (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
   1138  1.3  mrg  "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
   1139  1.3  mrg The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
   1140  1.3  mrg to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
   1141  1.3  mrg state on a single insn is not enough.",
   1142  1.1  mrg  void, (void), NULL)
   1143  1.1  mrg 
   1144  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1145  1.1  mrg (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
   1146  1.3  mrg  "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
   1147  1.3  mrg The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
   1148  1.3  mrg to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
   1149  1.3  mrg state on a single insn is not enough.",
   1150  1.1  mrg  void, (void), NULL)
   1151  1.1  mrg 
   1152  1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
   1153  1.1  mrg    which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
   1154  1.1  mrg    multi-pass scheduling.  If the member value is nonzero and the
   1155  1.1  mrg    function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
   1156  1.1  mrg    multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle.  In other words, we will
   1157  1.1  mrg    try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
   1158  1.1  mrg    insns on the same cycle.  */
   1159  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1160  1.1  mrg (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
   1161  1.3  mrg  "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
   1162  1.3  mrg for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler.  Usually the scheduler\n\
   1163  1.3  mrg chooses the first insn from the queue.  If the hook returns a positive\n\
   1164  1.3  mrg value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
   1165  1.3  mrg @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
   1166  1.3  mrg subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
   1167  1.3  mrg maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle.  For the\n\
   1168  1.3  mrg @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
   1169  1.3  mrg packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn.  Of course, if the\n\
   1170  1.3  mrg rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
   1171  1.3  mrg \n\
   1172  1.3  mrg This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
   1173  1.3  mrg processors.  Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
   1174  1.3  mrg with 3 pipelines.  Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
   1175  1.3  mrg @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
   1176  1.3  mrg @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}.  The\n\
   1177  1.3  mrg processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
   1178  1.3  mrg @var{B}.  In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
   1179  1.3  mrg until the next cycle.  If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
   1180  1.3  mrg the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
   1181  1.3  mrg \n\
   1182  1.3  mrg Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
   1183  1.3  mrg pipeline hazard recognizer.  We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
   1184  1.3  mrg schedules to choose the best one.\n\
   1185  1.3  mrg \n\
   1186  1.3  mrg The default is no multipass scheduling.",
   1187  1.1  mrg  int, (void), NULL)
   1188  1.1  mrg 
   1189  1.1  mrg /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
   1190  1.1  mrg    what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
   1191  1.1  mrg    multipass insn scheduling.  If the hook returns zero for insn
   1192  1.1  mrg    passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued.  */
   1193  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1194  1.1  mrg (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
   1195  1.3  mrg  "\n\
   1196  1.3  mrg This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
   1197  1.3  mrg considered for the multipass insn scheduling.  If the hook returns\n\
   1198  1.3  mrg zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
   1199  1.3  mrg Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
   1200  1.3  mrg the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
   1201  1.3  mrg Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
   1202  1.3  mrg number of cycles.\n\
   1203  1.3  mrg Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
   1204  1.3  mrg instruction at position 0 in the ready list.  @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
   1205  1.3  mrg to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
   1206  1.3  mrg \n\
   1207  1.3  mrg The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
   1208  1.3  mrg  int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
   1209  1.1  mrg 
   1210  1.1  mrg /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
   1211  1.1  mrg    scheduling.
   1212  1.1  mrg    DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
   1213  1.1  mrg    READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
   1214  1.1  mrg    optimization space.  The target can filter out instructions that
   1215  1.1  mrg    should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
   1216  1.1  mrg    elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
   1217  1.1  mrg    FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
   1218  1.1  mrg    scheduling on current cycle.  */
   1219  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1220  1.1  mrg (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
   1221  1.3  mrg  "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
   1222  1.3  mrg scheduling.",
   1223  1.3  mrg  void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
   1224  1.1  mrg  NULL)
   1225  1.1  mrg 
   1226  1.1  mrg /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
   1227  1.1  mrg    DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
   1228  1.1  mrg    of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
   1229  1.1  mrg    READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
   1230  1.1  mrg    optimization space.  The target can filter out instructions that
   1231  1.1  mrg    should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
   1232  1.1  mrg    elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
   1233  1.1  mrg    INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
   1234  1.1  mrg    PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
   1235  1.1  mrg    to a state before issuing INSN.  */
   1236  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1237  1.1  mrg (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
   1238  1.3  mrg  "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
   1239  1.3  mrg  void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
   1240  1.1  mrg 	const void *prev_data), NULL)
   1241  1.1  mrg 
   1242  1.1  mrg /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
   1243  1.1  mrg    instruction corresponding to DATA.
   1244  1.1  mrg    DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
   1245  1.1  mrg    of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
   1246  1.1  mrg    described in DFA.
   1247  1.1  mrg    READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
   1248  1.1  mrg    optimization space.  The target can filter out instructions that
   1249  1.1  mrg    should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
   1250  1.1  mrg    elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.  */
   1251  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1252  1.1  mrg (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
   1253  1.3  mrg  "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
   1254  1.3  mrg an instruction.",
   1255  1.3  mrg  void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
   1256  1.1  mrg 
   1257  1.1  mrg /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
   1258  1.1  mrg    round of multipass scheduling.
   1259  1.1  mrg    DATA is a pointer.
   1260  1.1  mrg    If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
   1261  1.1  mrg    scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
   1262  1.1  mrg    the winning solution.  DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
   1263  1.1  mrg    a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
   1264  1.1  mrg    usually after advancing the cycle count.  */
   1265  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1266  1.1  mrg (first_cycle_multipass_end,
   1267  1.3  mrg  "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
   1268  1.3  mrg round of multipass scheduling.",
   1269  1.1  mrg  void, (const void *data), NULL)
   1270  1.1  mrg 
   1271  1.1  mrg /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
   1272  1.1  mrg    scheduling after it has been allocated.
   1273  1.1  mrg    DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
   1274  1.1  mrg    of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
   1275  1.1  mrg    described in DFA.  */
   1276  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1277  1.1  mrg (first_cycle_multipass_init,
   1278  1.3  mrg  "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
   1279  1.1  mrg  void, (void *data), NULL)
   1280  1.1  mrg 
   1281  1.1  mrg /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
   1282  1.1  mrg    scheduling before it is deallocated.
   1283  1.1  mrg    DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
   1284  1.1  mrg    of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
   1285  1.1  mrg    described in DFA.  */
   1286  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1287  1.1  mrg (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
   1288  1.3  mrg  "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
   1289  1.1  mrg  void, (void *data), NULL)
   1290  1.1  mrg 
   1291  1.1  mrg /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
   1292  1.1  mrg    the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
   1293  1.1  mrg    parameter on given cycle.  If the hook returns nonzero, the
   1294  1.1  mrg    insn is not issued on given processors cycle.  Instead of that,
   1295  1.1  mrg    the processor cycle is advanced.  If the value passed through
   1296  1.1  mrg    the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
   1297  1.1  mrg    on the new cycle start as usually.  The first parameter passes
   1298  1.1  mrg    file for debugging output.  The second one passes the scheduler
   1299  1.1  mrg    verbose level of the debugging output.  The forth and the fifth
   1300  1.1  mrg    parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
   1301  1.1  mrg    the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle.  */
   1302  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1303  1.1  mrg (dfa_new_cycle,
   1304  1.3  mrg  "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
   1305  1.3  mrg on cycle @var{clock}.  If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
   1306  1.3  mrg @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle.  Instead,\n\
   1307  1.3  mrg the processor cycle is advanced.  If *@var{sort_p}\n\
   1308  1.3  mrg is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
   1309  1.3  mrg start as usually.  @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
   1310  1.3  mrg verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
   1311  1.3  mrg @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
   1312  1.3  mrg processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
   1313  1.3  mrg and the current processor cycle.",
   1314  1.3  mrg  int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
   1315  1.1  mrg        int clock, int *sort_p),
   1316  1.1  mrg  NULL)
   1317  1.1  mrg 
   1318  1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
   1319  1.1  mrg    insn scheduler.  It should return true if there exists a dependence
   1320  1.1  mrg    which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
   1321  1.1  mrg    DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP).  The first parameter is
   1322  1.1  mrg    the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns.  The
   1323  1.1  mrg    second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
   1324  1.1  mrg    the scheduler.  The last argument is the distance in cycles
   1325  1.1  mrg    between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
   1326  1.1  mrg    second insn (second parameter).  */
   1327  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1328  1.1  mrg (is_costly_dependence,
   1329  1.3  mrg  "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
   1330  1.3  mrg the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
   1331  1.3  mrg are involved in the dependence too close to one another.  The parameters\n\
   1332  1.3  mrg to this hook are as follows:  The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
   1333  1.3  mrg being evaluated.  The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
   1334  1.3  mrg dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
   1335  1.3  mrg parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
   1336  1.3  mrg The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
   1337  1.3  mrg insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
   1338  1.3  mrg and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
   1339  1.3  mrg \n\
   1340  1.3  mrg Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
   1341  1.3  mrg where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
   1342  1.3  mrg delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
   1343  1.3  mrg that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
   1344  1.3  mrg important.  In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
   1345  1.3  mrg closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance;  however,\n\
   1346  1.3  mrg not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
   1347  1.1  mrg  bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
   1348  1.1  mrg 
   1349  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   1350  1.1  mrg (adjust_cost_2,
   1351  1.1  mrg  "Given the current cost, @var{cost}, of an insn, @var{insn}, calculate and\
   1352  1.1  mrg  return a new cost based on its relationship to @var{dep_insn} through the\
   1353  1.1  mrg  dependence of weakness @var{dw}.  The default is to make no adjustment.",
   1354  1.3  mrg  int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
   1355  1.3  mrg        unsigned int dw),
   1356  1.3  mrg  NULL)
   1357  1.1  mrg 
   1358  1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
   1359  1.1  mrg    by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
   1360  1.1  mrg    that new instructions were emitted.  */
   1361  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1362  1.1  mrg (h_i_d_extended,
   1363  1.3  mrg  "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
   1364  1.3  mrg the instruction stream.  The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
   1365  1.3  mrg per instruction data structures.",
   1366  1.1  mrg  void, (void), NULL)
   1367  1.1  mrg 
   1368  1.1  mrg /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling.  */
   1369  1.1  mrg 
   1370  1.1  mrg /* Allocate memory for scheduler context.  */
   1371  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1372  1.1  mrg (alloc_sched_context,
   1373  1.3  mrg  "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
   1374  1.1  mrg  void *, (void), NULL)
   1375  1.1  mrg 
   1376  1.1  mrg /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context.  */
   1377  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1378  1.1  mrg (init_sched_context,
   1379  1.3  mrg  "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
   1380  1.3  mrg It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
   1381  1.3  mrg beginning of the block.  Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
   1382  1.1  mrg  void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
   1383  1.1  mrg 
   1384  1.1  mrg /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value.  */
   1385  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1386  1.1  mrg (set_sched_context,
   1387  1.3  mrg  "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
   1388  1.1  mrg  void, (void *tc), NULL)
   1389  1.1  mrg 
   1390  1.1  mrg /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init.  */
   1391  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1392  1.1  mrg (clear_sched_context,
   1393  1.3  mrg  "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
   1394  1.1  mrg  void, (void *tc), NULL)
   1395  1.1  mrg 
   1396  1.1  mrg /* Frees the scheduler context.  */
   1397  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1398  1.1  mrg (free_sched_context,
   1399  1.3  mrg  "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
   1400  1.1  mrg  void, (void *tc), NULL)
   1401  1.1  mrg 
   1402  1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
   1403  1.1  mrg    by the insn scheduler.
   1404  1.1  mrg    The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
   1405  1.1  mrg    of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
   1406  1.1  mrg    speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
   1407  1.1  mrg    It should return
   1408  1.1  mrg    -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
   1409  1.1  mrg    0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
   1410  1.1  mrg    1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
   1411  1.1  mrg    generated one.  */
   1412  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1413  1.1  mrg (speculate_insn,
   1414  1.3  mrg  "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
   1415  1.3  mrg speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
   1416  1.3  mrg The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
   1417  1.3  mrg version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
   1418  1.3  mrg pattern.  The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
   1419  1.3  mrg or @minus{}1, if it doesn't.  @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
   1420  1.3  mrg speculation.  If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
   1421  1.3  mrg the generated speculative pattern.",
   1422  1.3  mrg  int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
   1423  1.1  mrg 
   1424  1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
   1425  1.1  mrg    by the insn scheduler.  It should return true if the check instruction
   1426  1.1  mrg    passed as the parameter needs a recovery block.  */
   1427  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1428  1.1  mrg (needs_block_p,
   1429  1.3  mrg  "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
   1430  1.3  mrg for @var{insn}.  It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
   1431  1.3  mrg instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
   1432  1.3  mrg  bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
   1433  1.1  mrg 
   1434  1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
   1435  1.1  mrg    by the insn scheduler.  It should return a pattern for the check
   1436  1.1  mrg    instruction.
   1437  1.1  mrg    The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
   1438  1.1  mrg    is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
   1439  1.3  mrg    simple check).  The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
   1440  1.3  mrg    is being performed.  */
   1441  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1442  1.1  mrg (gen_spec_check,
   1443  1.3  mrg  "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
   1444  1.3  mrg check instruction.  If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
   1445  1.3  mrg speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
   1446  1.3  mrg @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
   1447  1.3  mrg be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
   1448  1.3  mrg recovery code (a simple check).  If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
   1449  1.3  mrg a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
   1450  1.3  mrg @var{insn} should be generated.  In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
   1451  1.3  mrg  rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
   1452  1.1  mrg 
   1453  1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
   1454  1.1  mrg    information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
   1455  1.1  mrg    The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable.  */
   1456  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1457  1.1  mrg (set_sched_flags,
   1458  1.3  mrg  "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
   1459  1.3  mrg enabled/used.\n\
   1460  1.3  mrg The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
   1461  1.3  mrg The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
   1462  1.1  mrg  void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
   1463  1.1  mrg 
   1464  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   1465  1.1  mrg (get_insn_spec_ds,
   1466  1.1  mrg  "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
   1467  1.3  mrg  unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
   1468  1.1  mrg 
   1469  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   1470  1.1  mrg (get_insn_checked_ds,
   1471  1.1  mrg  "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
   1472  1.3  mrg  unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
   1473  1.1  mrg 
   1474  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   1475  1.1  mrg (skip_rtx_p,
   1476  1.1  mrg  "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
   1477  1.1  mrg  advance to the inner rtxes.",
   1478  1.1  mrg  bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
   1479  1.1  mrg 
   1480  1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
   1481  1.1  mrg    information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
   1482  1.1  mrg    used by the swing modulo scheduler.  The parameter is a pointer
   1483  1.1  mrg    to ddg variable.  */
   1484  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1485  1.1  mrg (sms_res_mii,
   1486  1.3  mrg  "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
   1487  1.3  mrg resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
   1488  1.3  mrg the machine and the resources required by each instruction.  The target\n\
   1489  1.3  mrg backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound.  A very simple lower\n\
   1490  1.3  mrg bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
   1491  1.3  mrg of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
   1492  1.1  mrg  int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
   1493  1.1  mrg 
   1494  1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
   1495  1.1  mrg    schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
   1496  1.1  mrg    parameters.  */
   1497  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1498  1.1  mrg (dispatch_do,
   1499  1.3  mrg "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler.  It performs the operation specified\n\
   1500  1.3  mrg in its second parameter.",
   1501  1.3  mrg void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
   1502  1.3  mrg hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
   1503  1.1  mrg 
   1504  1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
   1505  1.1  mrg    dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
   1506  1.1  mrg    as the second parameter is true.  */
   1507  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1508  1.1  mrg (dispatch,
   1509  1.3  mrg "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler.  It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
   1510  1.3  mrg is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
   1511  1.3  mrg bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
   1512  1.3  mrg hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
   1513  1.1  mrg 
   1514  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   1515  1.1  mrg (exposed_pipeline,
   1516  1.1  mrg "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
   1517  1.1  mrg the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
   1518  1.1  mrg also the latencies of operations.",
   1519  1.1  mrg bool, false)
   1520  1.1  mrg 
   1521  1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a function that returns number
   1522  1.1  mrg    of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
   1523  1.1  mrg    statements of the given type.  By default 1 is used.  */
   1524  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1525  1.1  mrg (reassociation_width,
   1526  1.1  mrg "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
   1527  1.1  mrg parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
   1528  1.3  mrg int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
   1529  1.1  mrg hook_int_uint_mode_1)
   1530  1.1  mrg 
   1531  1.3  mrg /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
   1532  1.3  mrg    fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters.  */
   1533  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   1534  1.3  mrg (fusion_priority,
   1535  1.3  mrg "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass.  It calculates fusion\n\
   1536  1.3  mrg priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter.  The priorities\n\
   1537  1.3  mrg are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
   1538  1.3  mrg \n\
   1539  1.3  mrg @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
   1540  1.3  mrg @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
   1541  1.3  mrg @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
   1542  1.3  mrg fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
   1543  1.3  mrg @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
   1544  1.3  mrg should be calculated and returned.\n\
   1545  1.3  mrg \n\
   1546  1.3  mrg Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
   1547  1.3  mrg be scheduled together.  Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
   1548  1.3  mrg instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}.  @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
   1549  1.3  mrg sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key.  All instructions will be\n\
   1550  1.3  mrg scheduled according to the two priorities.  All priorities calculated\n\
   1551  1.3  mrg should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive).  To avoid\n\
   1552  1.3  mrg false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
   1553  1.3  mrg scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
   1554  1.3  mrg instructions.\n\
   1555  1.3  mrg \n\
   1556  1.3  mrg Given below example:\n\
   1557  1.3  mrg \n\
   1558  1.3  mrg @smallexample\n\
   1559  1.3  mrg     ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
   1560  1.3  mrg     add r4, r4, r10\n\
   1561  1.3  mrg     ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
   1562  1.3  mrg     sub r5, r5, r15\n\
   1563  1.3  mrg     ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
   1564  1.3  mrg     add r4, r4, r11\n\
   1565  1.3  mrg     ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
   1566  1.3  mrg     sub r5, r5, r16\n\
   1567  1.3  mrg @end smallexample\n\
   1568  1.3  mrg \n\
   1569  1.3  mrg On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
   1570  1.3  mrg merged.  Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
   1571  1.3  mrg loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow.  That's where\n\
   1572  1.3  mrg this scheduling fusion pass works.  This hook calculates priority for each\n\
   1573  1.3  mrg instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
   1574  1.3  mrg \n\
   1575  1.3  mrg @smallexample\n\
   1576  1.3  mrg     ldr r10, [r1, 4]  ; fusion_pri=99,  pri=96\n\
   1577  1.3  mrg     add r4, r4, r10   ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
   1578  1.3  mrg     ldr r15, [r2, 8]  ; fusion_pri=98,  pri=92\n\
   1579  1.3  mrg     sub r5, r5, r15   ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
   1580  1.3  mrg     ldr r11, [r1, 0]  ; fusion_pri=99,  pri=100\n\
   1581  1.3  mrg     add r4, r4, r11   ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
   1582  1.3  mrg     ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98,  pri=88\n\
   1583  1.3  mrg     sub r5, r5, r16   ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
   1584  1.3  mrg @end smallexample\n\
   1585  1.3  mrg \n\
   1586  1.3  mrg Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
   1587  1.3  mrg to the priorities.  As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
   1588  1.3  mrg pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
   1589  1.3  mrg \n\
   1590  1.3  mrg @smallexample\n\
   1591  1.3  mrg     ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
   1592  1.3  mrg     ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
   1593  1.3  mrg     ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
   1594  1.3  mrg     ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
   1595  1.3  mrg     add r4, r4, r10\n\
   1596  1.3  mrg     sub r5, r5, r15\n\
   1597  1.3  mrg     add r4, r4, r11\n\
   1598  1.3  mrg     sub r5, r5, r16\n\
   1599  1.3  mrg @end smallexample\n\
   1600  1.3  mrg \n\
   1601  1.3  mrg Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
   1602  1.3  mrg \n\
   1603  1.3  mrg Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
   1604  1.3  mrg work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
   1605  1.3  mrg \n\
   1606  1.3  mrg This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
   1607  1.3  mrg the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
   1608  1.3  mrg void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
   1609  1.3  mrg 
   1610  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
   1611  1.1  mrg 
   1612  1.3  mrg /* Functions relating to OpenMP and Cilk Plus SIMD clones.  */
   1613  1.3  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   1614  1.3  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
   1615  1.3  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
   1616  1.3  mrg 
   1617  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   1618  1.3  mrg (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
   1619  1.3  mrg "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
   1620  1.3  mrg fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
   1621  1.3  mrg @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
   1622  1.3  mrg The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
   1623  1.3  mrg or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
   1624  1.3  mrg int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
   1625  1.3  mrg 
   1626  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   1627  1.3  mrg (adjust,
   1628  1.3  mrg "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
   1629  1.3  mrg to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
   1630  1.3  mrg void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
   1631  1.3  mrg 
   1632  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   1633  1.3  mrg (usable,
   1634  1.3  mrg "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
   1635  1.3  mrg in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
   1636  1.3  mrg usable.  In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
   1637  1.3  mrg to use it.",
   1638  1.3  mrg int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
   1639  1.3  mrg 
   1640  1.3  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
   1641  1.3  mrg 
   1642  1.1  mrg /* Functions relating to vectorization.  */
   1643  1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   1644  1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
   1645  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
   1646  1.1  mrg 
   1647  1.1  mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
   1648  1.1  mrg    by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
   1649  1.1  mrg    function.  */
   1650  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1651  1.1  mrg (builtin_mask_for_load,
   1652  1.3  mrg  "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
   1653  1.3  mrg address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
   1654  1.3  mrg used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
   1655  1.3  mrg @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
   1656  1.3  mrg \n\
   1657  1.3  mrg The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
   1658  1.3  mrg @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
   1659  1.3  mrg the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
   1660  1.3  mrg @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
   1661  1.3  mrg two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
   1662  1.3  mrg @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
   1663  1.3  mrg the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
   1664  1.3  mrg from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
   1665  1.3  mrg @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
   1666  1.3  mrg @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
   1667  1.3  mrg @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
   1668  1.3  mrg \n\
   1669  1.3  mrg If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
   1670  1.3  mrg to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
   1671  1.3  mrg use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
   1672  1.3  mrg @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
   1673  1.3  mrg should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
   1674  1.3  mrg described above.\n\
   1675  1.3  mrg If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
   1676  1.3  mrg the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
   1677  1.3  mrg log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
   1678  1.1  mrg  tree, (void), NULL)
   1679  1.1  mrg 
   1680  1.1  mrg /* Returns a code for builtin that realizes vectorized version of
   1681  1.1  mrg    function, or NULL_TREE if not available.  */
   1682  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1683  1.1  mrg (builtin_vectorized_function,
   1684  1.3  mrg  "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
   1685  1.3  mrg vectorized variant of the builtin function with builtin function code\n\
   1686  1.3  mrg @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
   1687  1.3  mrg The value of @var{fndecl} is the builtin function declaration.  The\n\
   1688  1.3  mrg return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
   1689  1.3  mrg @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
   1690  1.1  mrg  tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
   1691  1.1  mrg  default_builtin_vectorized_function)
   1692  1.1  mrg 
   1693  1.1  mrg /* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
   1694  1.1  mrg    vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available.  */
   1695  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1696  1.1  mrg (builtin_conversion,
   1697  1.3  mrg  "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
   1698  1.3  mrg input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
   1699  1.3  mrg The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
   1700  1.3  mrg specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
   1701  1.3  mrg (truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
   1702  1.3  mrg \n\
   1703  1.3  mrg If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
   1704  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
   1705  1.3  mrg conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
   1706  1.1  mrg  tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
   1707  1.1  mrg  default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
   1708  1.1  mrg 
   1709  1.1  mrg /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
   1710  1.1  mrg    model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
   1711  1.1  mrg    on the data type and misalignment value.  */
   1712  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1713  1.1  mrg (builtin_vectorization_cost,
   1714  1.3  mrg  "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
   1715  1.3  mrg For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
   1716  1.3  mrg misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
   1717  1.1  mrg  int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
   1718  1.1  mrg  default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
   1719  1.1  mrg 
   1720  1.1  mrg /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
   1721  1.1  mrg    iterations) for the given type.  */
   1722  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1723  1.1  mrg (vector_alignment_reachable,
   1724  1.3  mrg  "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given type.",
   1725  1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
   1726  1.1  mrg  default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
   1727  1.1  mrg 
   1728  1.1  mrg /* Return true if a vector created for vec_perm_const is valid.
   1729  1.1  mrg    A NULL indicates that all constants are valid permutations.  */
   1730  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1731  1.1  mrg (vec_perm_const_ok,
   1732  1.3  mrg  "Return true if a vector created for @code{vec_perm_const} is valid.",
   1733  1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode, const unsigned char *sel),
   1734  1.1  mrg  NULL)
   1735  1.1  mrg 
   1736  1.1  mrg /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
   1737  1.1  mrg    specific factor denoted in the third parameter.  The last parameter
   1738  1.1  mrg    is true if the access is defined in a packed struct.  */
   1739  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1740  1.1  mrg (support_vector_misalignment,
   1741  1.3  mrg  "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
   1742  1.3  mrg store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
   1743  1.3  mrg parameter.  The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
   1744  1.3  mrg the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}.  @var{is_packed}\n\
   1745  1.3  mrg parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
   1746  1.1  mrg  bool,
   1747  1.3  mrg  (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
   1748  1.1  mrg  default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
   1749  1.1  mrg 
   1750  1.1  mrg /* Return the builtin decl needed to load a vector of TYPE.  */
   1751  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1752  1.1  mrg (builtin_tm_load,
   1753  1.1  mrg  "This hook should return the built-in decl needed to load a vector of the "
   1754  1.1  mrg  "given type within a transaction.",
   1755  1.1  mrg  tree,
   1756  1.1  mrg  (tree),
   1757  1.1  mrg  default_builtin_tm_load_store)
   1758  1.1  mrg 
   1759  1.1  mrg /* Return the builtin decl needed to store a vector of TYPE.  */
   1760  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1761  1.1  mrg (builtin_tm_store,
   1762  1.1  mrg  "This hook should return the built-in decl needed to store a vector of the "
   1763  1.1  mrg  "given type within a transaction.",
   1764  1.1  mrg  tree,
   1765  1.1  mrg  (tree),
   1766  1.1  mrg  default_builtin_tm_load_store)
   1767  1.1  mrg 
   1768  1.1  mrg /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
   1769  1.1  mrg    scalar mode.  */
   1770  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1771  1.1  mrg (preferred_simd_mode,
   1772  1.3  mrg  "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
   1773  1.3  mrg mode @var{mode}.  The default is\n\
   1774  1.3  mrg equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
   1775  1.3  mrg transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
   1776  1.3  mrg  machine_mode,
   1777  1.3  mrg  (machine_mode mode),
   1778  1.1  mrg  default_preferred_simd_mode)
   1779  1.1  mrg 
   1780  1.1  mrg /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
   1781  1.1  mrg    after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode.  */
   1782  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1783  1.1  mrg (autovectorize_vector_sizes,
   1784  1.3  mrg  "This hook should return a mask of sizes that should be iterated over\n\
   1785  1.3  mrg after trying to autovectorize using the vector size derived from the\n\
   1786  1.3  mrg mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
   1787  1.3  mrg The default is zero which means to not iterate over other vector sizes.",
   1788  1.1  mrg  unsigned int,
   1789  1.1  mrg  (void),
   1790  1.1  mrg  default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
   1791  1.1  mrg 
   1792  1.1  mrg /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation.  */
   1793  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1794  1.1  mrg (builtin_gather,
   1795  1.3  mrg  "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation.  @var{mem_vectype}\n\
   1796  1.3  mrg is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
   1797  1.3  mrg the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
   1798  1.3  mrg The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
   1799  1.3  mrg loads.",
   1800  1.1  mrg  tree,
   1801  1.1  mrg  (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
   1802  1.1  mrg  NULL)
   1803  1.1  mrg 
   1804  1.1  mrg /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block.  */
   1805  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1806  1.1  mrg (init_cost,
   1807  1.1  mrg  "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
   1808  1.1  mrg  "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block.  The default "
   1809  1.1  mrg  "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
   1810  1.1  mrg  "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block.  If @var{loop_info} is "
   1811  1.1  mrg  "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
   1812  1.1  mrg  "is being vectorized.",
   1813  1.1  mrg  void *,
   1814  1.1  mrg  (struct loop *loop_info),
   1815  1.1  mrg  default_init_cost)
   1816  1.1  mrg 
   1817  1.1  mrg /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
   1818  1.1  mrg    given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
   1819  1.1  mrg     block.  */
   1820  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1821  1.1  mrg (add_stmt_cost,
   1822  1.1  mrg  "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
   1823  1.1  mrg  "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
   1824  1.1  mrg  "loop or basic block.  The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
   1825  1.1  mrg  "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
   1826  1.1  mrg  "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added.  The "
   1827  1.1  mrg  "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
   1828  1.1  mrg  "revised.",
   1829  1.1  mrg  unsigned,
   1830  1.1  mrg  (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
   1831  1.1  mrg   struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
   1832  1.1  mrg   enum vect_cost_model_location where),
   1833  1.1  mrg  default_add_stmt_cost)
   1834  1.1  mrg 
   1835  1.1  mrg /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
   1836  1.1  mrg    loop or block.  */
   1837  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1838  1.1  mrg (finish_cost,
   1839  1.1  mrg  "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
   1840  1.1  mrg  "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
   1841  1.1  mrg  "epilogue costs as unsigned integers.  The default returns the value of "
   1842  1.1  mrg  "the three accumulators.",
   1843  1.1  mrg  void,
   1844  1.1  mrg  (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
   1845  1.1  mrg   unsigned *epilogue_cost),
   1846  1.1  mrg  default_finish_cost)
   1847  1.1  mrg 
   1848  1.1  mrg /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data.  */
   1849  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1850  1.1  mrg (destroy_cost_data,
   1851  1.1  mrg  "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
   1852  1.1  mrg  "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST.  The default releases the "
   1853  1.1  mrg  "accumulator.",
   1854  1.1  mrg  void,
   1855  1.1  mrg  (void *data),
   1856  1.1  mrg  default_destroy_cost_data)
   1857  1.1  mrg 
   1858  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
   1859  1.1  mrg 
   1860  1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   1861  1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
   1862  1.1  mrg 
   1863  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   1864  1.3  mrg (record_offload_symbol,
   1865  1.3  mrg  "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
   1866  1.3  mrg sections are available.  It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
   1867  1.3  mrg recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
   1868  1.3  mrg  void, (tree),
   1869  1.3  mrg  hook_void_tree)
   1870  1.3  mrg 
   1871  1.3  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   1872  1.3  mrg (absolute_biggest_alignment,
   1873  1.3  mrg  "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
   1874  1.3  mrg that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
   1875  1.3  mrg @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
   1876  1.3  mrg  HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
   1877  1.3  mrg 
   1878  1.1  mrg /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
   1879  1.1  mrg   been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
   1880  1.1  mrg   end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma.  */
   1881  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1882  1.1  mrg (override_options_after_change,
   1883  1.3  mrg  "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
   1884  1.3  mrg but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
   1885  1.3  mrg pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
   1886  1.3  mrg attribute or pragma.  It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
   1887  1.3  mrg when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
   1888  1.3  mrg actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
   1889  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
   1890  1.1  mrg  void, (void),
   1891  1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
   1892  1.1  mrg 
   1893  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   1894  1.3  mrg (offload_options,
   1895  1.3  mrg  "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file.  It should\n\
   1896  1.3  mrg translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
   1897  1.3  mrg into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
   1898  1.3  mrg to express such options.  It should return a string containing these options,\n\
   1899  1.3  mrg separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
   1900  1.3  mrg char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
   1901  1.3  mrg 
   1902  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   1903  1.1  mrg (eh_return_filter_mode,
   1904  1.1  mrg  "Return machine mode for filter value.",
   1905  1.3  mrg  machine_mode, (void),
   1906  1.1  mrg  default_eh_return_filter_mode)
   1907  1.1  mrg 
   1908  1.1  mrg /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions.  */
   1909  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1910  1.1  mrg (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
   1911  1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
   1912  1.3  mrg of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls.  If not defined\n\
   1913  1.3  mrg @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
   1914  1.3  mrg targets.",
   1915  1.3  mrg  machine_mode, (void),
   1916  1.1  mrg  default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
   1917  1.1  mrg 
   1918  1.1  mrg /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions.  */
   1919  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1920  1.1  mrg (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
   1921  1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
   1922  1.3  mrg of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls.  If not defined\n\
   1923  1.3  mrg @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
   1924  1.3  mrg targets.",
   1925  1.3  mrg  machine_mode, (void),
   1926  1.1  mrg  default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
   1927  1.1  mrg 
   1928  1.1  mrg /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type.  */
   1929  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1930  1.1  mrg (unwind_word_mode,
   1931  1.3  mrg  "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
   1932  1.3  mrg The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
   1933  1.3  mrg  machine_mode, (void),
   1934  1.1  mrg  default_unwind_word_mode)
   1935  1.1  mrg 
   1936  1.1  mrg /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result.  */
   1937  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1938  1.1  mrg (merge_decl_attributes,
   1939  1.3  mrg  "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
   1940  1.3  mrg handling.  If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
   1941  1.3  mrg @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
   1942  1.3  mrg @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}.  Examples of\n\
   1943  1.3  mrg when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
   1944  1.3  mrg attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition.  This function may\n\
   1945  1.3  mrg call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
   1946  1.3  mrg \n\
   1947  1.3  mrg @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
   1948  1.3  mrg If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
   1949  1.3  mrg for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
   1950  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}.  The compiler\n\
   1951  1.3  mrg will then define a function called\n\
   1952  1.3  mrg @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
   1953  1.3  mrg the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.  You can also\n\
   1954  1.3  mrg add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
   1955  1.3  mrg to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
   1956  1.3  mrg @samp{dllexport} attributes.  This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
   1957  1.3  mrg @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
   1958  1.1  mrg  tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
   1959  1.1  mrg  merge_decl_attributes)
   1960  1.1  mrg 
   1961  1.1  mrg /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result.  */
   1962  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1963  1.1  mrg (merge_type_attributes,
   1964  1.3  mrg  "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
   1965  1.3  mrg handling.  If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
   1966  1.3  mrg @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}.  It is assumed\n\
   1967  1.3  mrg that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1.  This\n\
   1968  1.3  mrg function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
   1969  1.3  mrg merging.",
   1970  1.1  mrg  tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
   1971  1.1  mrg  merge_type_attributes)
   1972  1.1  mrg 
   1973  1.1  mrg /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
   1974  1.1  mrg    Ignored if NULL.  */
   1975  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   1976  1.1  mrg (attribute_table,
   1977  1.3  mrg  "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
   1978  1.3  mrg attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree.h}) specifying the machine\n\
   1979  1.3  mrg specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
   1980  1.3  mrg entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
   1981  1.3  mrg take.",
   1982  1.1  mrg  const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
   1983  1.1  mrg 
   1984  1.1  mrg /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
   1985  1.1  mrg    argument.  */
   1986  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   1987  1.1  mrg (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
   1988  1.3  mrg  "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
   1989  1.3  mrg machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
   1990  1.3  mrg given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
   1991  1.3  mrg subjected to name lookup.  If this is not defined, the default is\n\
   1992  1.3  mrg false for all machine-specific attributes.",
   1993  1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree name),
   1994  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_false)
   1995  1.1  mrg 
   1996  1.1  mrg /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
   1997  1.1  mrg    one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
   1998  1.1  mrg    (which causes a warning to be generated).  */
   1999  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2000  1.1  mrg (comp_type_attributes,
   2001  1.3  mrg  "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
   2002  1.3  mrg @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
   2003  1.3  mrg and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
   2004  1.3  mrg generated).  If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
   2005  1.3  mrg supposed always to be compatible.",
   2006  1.1  mrg  int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
   2007  1.1  mrg  hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
   2008  1.1  mrg 
   2009  1.1  mrg /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE.  */
   2010  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2011  1.1  mrg (set_default_type_attributes,
   2012  1.3  mrg  "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
   2013  1.3  mrg the newly defined @var{type}.",
   2014  1.1  mrg  void, (tree type),
   2015  1.1  mrg  hook_void_tree)
   2016  1.1  mrg 
   2017  1.1  mrg /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL.  */
   2018  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2019  1.1  mrg (insert_attributes,
   2020  1.3  mrg  "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
   2021  1.3  mrg when it is being created.  This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
   2022  1.3  mrg wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
   2023  1.3  mrg the pragma's effect.  The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
   2024  1.3  mrg created.  The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
   2025  1.3  mrg for this decl.  The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
   2026  1.3  mrg shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
   2027  1.3  mrg the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
   2028  1.3  mrg attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
   2029  1.3  mrg needed.",
   2030  1.1  mrg  void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
   2031  1.1  mrg  hook_void_tree_treeptr)
   2032  1.1  mrg 
   2033  1.1  mrg /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
   2034  1.1  mrg    can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise.  */
   2035  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2036  1.1  mrg (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
   2037  1.3  mrg  "@cindex inlining\n\
   2038  1.3  mrg This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
   2039  1.3  mrg into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
   2040  1.3  mrg attributes, @code{false} otherwise.  By default, if a function has a\n\
   2041  1.3  mrg target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
   2042  1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree fndecl),
   2043  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_false)
   2044  1.1  mrg 
   2045  1.1  mrg /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
   2046  1.1  mrg    Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules.  */
   2047  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2048  1.1  mrg (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
   2049  1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
   2050  1.3  mrg @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
   2051  1.3  mrg Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
   2052  1.3  mrg unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
   2053  1.3  mrg different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
   2054  1.3  mrg alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
   2055  1.3  mrg bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
   2056  1.3  mrg the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
   2057  1.3  mrg (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
   2058  1.3  mrg another bit-field of nonzero size.  If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
   2059  1.3  mrg other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
   2060  1.3  mrg \n\
   2061  1.3  mrg When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
   2062  1.3  mrg of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
   2063  1.3  mrg bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
   2064  1.3  mrg and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
   2065  1.3  mrg chunk of 32 bits.  However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
   2066  1.3  mrg size is allocated).  In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
   2067  1.3  mrg alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
   2068  1.3  mrg \n\
   2069  1.3  mrg If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
   2070  1.3  mrg the latter will take precedence.  If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
   2071  1.3  mrg used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
   2072  1.3  mrg precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
   2073  1.3  mrg may affect its placement.",
   2074  1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree record_type),
   2075  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_false)
   2076  1.1  mrg 
   2077  1.1  mrg /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
   2078  1.1  mrg    target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
   2079  1.1  mrg    before switching completely to the target hook.  */
   2080  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   2081  1.1  mrg (words_big_endian,
   2082  1.1  mrg  "",
   2083  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   2084  1.1  mrg  targhook_words_big_endian)
   2085  1.1  mrg 
   2086  1.1  mrg /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN.  */
   2087  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   2088  1.1  mrg (float_words_big_endian,
   2089  1.1  mrg  "",
   2090  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   2091  1.1  mrg  targhook_float_words_big_endian)
   2092  1.1  mrg 
   2093  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2094  1.3  mrg (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
   2095  1.3  mrg  "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
   2096  1.3  mrg  and rounding modes, false otherwise.  This is intended to relate to the\
   2097  1.3  mrg  @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
   2098  1.3  mrg  By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
   2099  1.3  mrg  available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
   2100  1.3  mrg  point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
   2101  1.3  mrg  does not.",
   2102  1.3  mrg  bool, (void),
   2103  1.3  mrg  default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
   2104  1.3  mrg 
   2105  1.1  mrg /* True if the target supports decimal floating point.  */
   2106  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2107  1.1  mrg (decimal_float_supported_p,
   2108  1.3  mrg  "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
   2109  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   2110  1.1  mrg  default_decimal_float_supported_p)
   2111  1.1  mrg 
   2112  1.1  mrg /* True if the target supports fixed-point.  */
   2113  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2114  1.1  mrg (fixed_point_supported_p,
   2115  1.3  mrg  "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
   2116  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   2117  1.1  mrg  default_fixed_point_supported_p)
   2118  1.1  mrg 
   2119  1.1  mrg /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment.  */
   2120  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2121  1.1  mrg (align_anon_bitfield,
   2122  1.3  mrg  "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
   2123  1.3  mrg whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
   2124  1.3  mrg structure.  The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
   2125  1.3  mrg the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
   2126  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   2127  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   2128  1.1  mrg 
   2129  1.1  mrg /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
   2130  1.1  mrg    Return false if they should use the container type.  */
   2131  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2132  1.1  mrg (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
   2133  1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
   2134  1.3  mrg should use the narrowest mode possible.  It should return @code{false} if\n\
   2135  1.3  mrg these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
   2136  1.3  mrg \n\
   2137  1.3  mrg The default is @code{false}.",
   2138  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   2139  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   2140  1.1  mrg 
   2141  1.1  mrg /* Set up target-specific built-in functions.  */
   2142  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2143  1.1  mrg (init_builtins,
   2144  1.3  mrg  "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
   2145  1.3  mrg that need to be defined.  It should be a function that performs the\n\
   2146  1.3  mrg necessary setup.\n\
   2147  1.3  mrg \n\
   2148  1.3  mrg Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
   2149  1.3  mrg instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
   2150  1.3  mrg they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
   2151  1.3  mrg instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
   2152  1.3  mrg \n\
   2153  1.3  mrg To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
   2154  1.3  mrg @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
   2155  1.3  mrg which is defined by the language front end.  You can use any type nodes set\n\
   2156  1.3  mrg up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
   2157  1.3  mrg only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
   2158  1.3  mrg @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
   2159  1.1  mrg  void, (void),
   2160  1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
   2161  1.1  mrg 
   2162  1.1  mrg /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
   2163  1.1  mrg    built-in function decl for CODE.
   2164  1.1  mrg    Return NULL if that is not possible.  Return error_mark_node if CODE
   2165  1.1  mrg    is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes.  */
   2166  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2167  1.1  mrg (builtin_decl,
   2168  1.3  mrg  "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
   2169  1.3  mrg that need to be defined.  It should be a function that returns the\n\
   2170  1.3  mrg builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
   2171  1.3  mrg If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
   2172  1.3  mrg if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
   2173  1.3  mrg If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
   2174  1.3  mrg @code{error_mark_node}.",
   2175  1.1  mrg  tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
   2176  1.1  mrg 
   2177  1.1  mrg /* Expand a target-specific builtin.  */
   2178  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2179  1.1  mrg (expand_builtin,
   2180  1.3  mrg  "\n\
   2181  1.3  mrg Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
   2182  1.3  mrg @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.  @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
   2183  1.3  mrg function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
   2184  1.3  mrg convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
   2185  1.3  mrg @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
   2186  1.3  mrg @var{exp}'s operands.  @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
   2187  1.3  mrg ignored.  This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
   2188  1.3  mrg built-in function.",
   2189  1.1  mrg  rtx,
   2190  1.3  mrg  (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
   2191  1.1  mrg  default_expand_builtin)
   2192  1.1  mrg 
   2193  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2194  1.3  mrg (builtin_chkp_function,
   2195  1.3  mrg  "This hook allows target to redefine built-in functions used by\n\
   2196  1.3  mrg Pointer Bounds Checker for code instrumentation.  Hook should return\n\
   2197  1.3  mrg fndecl of function implementing generic builtin whose code is\n\
   2198  1.3  mrg passed in @var{fcode}.  Currently following built-in functions are\n\
   2199  1.3  mrg obtained using this hook:\n\
   2200  1.3  mrg @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndmk (const void *@var{lb}, size_t @var{size})\n\
   2201  1.3  mrg Function code - BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDMK.  This built-in function is used\n\
   2202  1.3  mrg by Pointer Bounds Checker to create bound values.  @var{lb} holds low\n\
   2203  1.3  mrg bound of the resulting bounds.  @var{size} holds size of created bounds.\n\
   2204  1.3  mrg @end deftypefn\n\
   2205  1.3  mrg \n\
   2206  1.3  mrg @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndstx (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, const void **@var{loc})\n\
   2207  1.3  mrg Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDSTX}.  This built-in function is used\n\
   2208  1.3  mrg by Pointer Bounds Checker to store bounds @var{b} for pointer @var{ptr}\n\
   2209  1.3  mrg when @var{ptr} is stored by address @var{loc}.\n\
   2210  1.3  mrg @end deftypefn\n\
   2211  1.3  mrg \n\
   2212  1.3  mrg @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndldx (const void **@var{loc}, const void *@var{ptr})\n\
   2213  1.3  mrg Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDLDX}.  This built-in function is used\n\
   2214  1.3  mrg by Pointer Bounds Checker to get bounds of pointer @var{ptr} loaded by\n\
   2215  1.3  mrg address @var{loc}.\n\
   2216  1.3  mrg @end deftypefn\n\
   2217  1.3  mrg \n\
   2218  1.3  mrg @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcl (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
   2219  1.3  mrg Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCL}.  This built-in function is used\n\
   2220  1.3  mrg by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
   2221  1.3  mrg lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
   2222  1.3  mrg @end deftypefn\n\
   2223  1.3  mrg \n\
   2224  1.3  mrg @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcu (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
   2225  1.3  mrg Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCU}.  This built-in function is used\n\
   2226  1.3  mrg by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
   2227  1.3  mrg upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
   2228  1.3  mrg @end deftypefn\n\
   2229  1.3  mrg \n\
   2230  1.3  mrg @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndret (void *@var{ptr})\n\
   2231  1.3  mrg Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDRET}.  This built-in function is used\n\
   2232  1.3  mrg by Pointer Bounds Checker to obtain bounds returned by a call statement.\n\
   2233  1.3  mrg @var{ptr} passed to built-in is @code{SSA_NAME} returned by the call.\n\
   2234  1.3  mrg @end deftypefn\n\
   2235  1.3  mrg \n\
   2236  1.3  mrg @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_intersect (__bounds_type @var{b1}, __bounds_type @var{b2})\n\
   2237  1.3  mrg Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_INTERSECT}.  This built-in function\n\
   2238  1.3  mrg returns intersection of bounds @var{b1} and @var{b2}.\n\
   2239  1.3  mrg @end deftypefn\n\
   2240  1.3  mrg \n\
   2241  1.3  mrg @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_narrow (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, size_t @var{s})\n\
   2242  1.3  mrg Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_NARROW}.  This built-in function\n\
   2243  1.3  mrg returns intersection of bounds @var{b} and\n\
   2244  1.3  mrg [@var{ptr}, @var{ptr} + @var{s} - @code{1}].\n\
   2245  1.3  mrg @end deftypefn\n\
   2246  1.3  mrg \n\
   2247  1.3  mrg @deftypefn {Built-in Function} size_t __chkp_sizeof (const void *@var{ptr})\n\
   2248  1.3  mrg Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_SIZEOF}.  This built-in function\n\
   2249  1.3  mrg returns size of object referenced by @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} is always\n\
   2250  1.3  mrg @code{ADDR_EXPR} of @code{VAR_DECL}.  This built-in is used by\n\
   2251  1.3  mrg Pointer Bounds Checker when bounds of object cannot be computed statically\n\
   2252  1.3  mrg (e.g. object has incomplete type).\n\
   2253  1.3  mrg @end deftypefn\n\
   2254  1.3  mrg \n\
   2255  1.3  mrg @deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_lower (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
   2256  1.3  mrg Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_LOWER}.  This built-in function\n\
   2257  1.3  mrg returns lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
   2258  1.3  mrg @end deftypefn\n\
   2259  1.3  mrg \n\
   2260  1.3  mrg @deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_upper (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
   2261  1.3  mrg Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_UPPER}.  This built-in function\n\
   2262  1.3  mrg returns upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
   2263  1.3  mrg @end deftypefn",
   2264  1.3  mrg  tree, (unsigned fcode),
   2265  1.3  mrg  default_builtin_chkp_function)
   2266  1.3  mrg 
   2267  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2268  1.3  mrg (chkp_bound_type,
   2269  1.3  mrg  "Return type to be used for bounds",
   2270  1.3  mrg  tree, (void),
   2271  1.3  mrg  default_chkp_bound_type)
   2272  1.3  mrg 
   2273  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2274  1.3  mrg (chkp_bound_mode,
   2275  1.3  mrg  "Return mode to be used for bounds.",
   2276  1.3  mrg  enum machine_mode, (void),
   2277  1.3  mrg  default_chkp_bound_mode)
   2278  1.3  mrg 
   2279  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2280  1.3  mrg (chkp_make_bounds_constant,
   2281  1.3  mrg  "Return constant used to statically initialize constant bounds\n\
   2282  1.3  mrg with specified lower bound @var{lb} and upper bounds @var{ub}.",
   2283  1.3  mrg  tree, (HOST_WIDE_INT lb, HOST_WIDE_INT ub),
   2284  1.3  mrg  default_chkp_make_bounds_constant)
   2285  1.3  mrg 
   2286  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2287  1.3  mrg (chkp_initialize_bounds,
   2288  1.3  mrg  "Generate a list of statements @var{stmts} to initialize pointer\n\
   2289  1.3  mrg bounds variable @var{var} with bounds @var{lb} and @var{ub}.  Return\n\
   2290  1.3  mrg the number of generated statements.",
   2291  1.3  mrg  int, (tree var, tree lb, tree ub, tree *stmts),
   2292  1.3  mrg  default_chkp_initialize_bounds)
   2293  1.3  mrg 
   2294  1.1  mrg /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin.  This is done
   2295  1.1  mrg    *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
   2296  1.1  mrg    implement a crude form of function overloading.  The result is a
   2297  1.1  mrg    complete expression that implements the operation.  PARAMS really
   2298  1.1  mrg    has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here.  */
   2299  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2300  1.1  mrg (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
   2301  1.3  mrg  "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
   2302  1.3  mrg was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.  This is done\n\
   2303  1.3  mrg @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
   2304  1.3  mrg implement a crude form of function overloading.  @var{fndecl} is the\n\
   2305  1.3  mrg declaration of the built-in function.  @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
   2306  1.3  mrg arguments passed to the built-in function.  The result is a\n\
   2307  1.3  mrg complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
   2308  1.3  mrg another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
   2309  1.3  mrg @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
   2310  1.1  mrg  tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
   2311  1.1  mrg 
   2312  1.3  mrg /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
   2313  1.3  mrg    and GENERIC.  */
   2314  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2315  1.1  mrg (fold_builtin,
   2316  1.3  mrg  "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
   2317  1.3  mrg @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.  @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
   2318  1.3  mrg built-in function.  @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
   2319  1.3  mrg the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
   2320  1.3  mrg The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
   2321  1.3  mrg containing a simplified expression for the call's result.  If\n\
   2322  1.3  mrg @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
   2323  1.1  mrg  tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
   2324  1.1  mrg  hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
   2325  1.1  mrg 
   2326  1.3  mrg /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree.  */
   2327  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2328  1.3  mrg (gimple_fold_builtin,
   2329  1.3  mrg  "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
   2330  1.3  mrg by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.  @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
   2331  1.3  mrg statement holding the function call.  Returns true if any change\n\
   2332  1.3  mrg was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
   2333  1.3  mrg  bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
   2334  1.3  mrg  hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
   2335  1.3  mrg 
   2336  1.1  mrg /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
   2337  1.1  mrg    determine which function's features get higher priority.  This is used
   2338  1.1  mrg    during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
   2339  1.1  mrg    versions must be dispatched.  A function version with a higher priority
   2340  1.1  mrg    is checked for dispatching earlier.  DECL1 and DECL2 are
   2341  1.1  mrg    the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
   2342  1.1  mrg    if DECL1 is higher priority,  negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
   2343  1.1  mrg    and 0 if they are the same. */
   2344  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2345  1.1  mrg (compare_version_priority,
   2346  1.3  mrg  "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
   2347  1.3  mrg determine which function's features get higher priority.  This is used\n\
   2348  1.3  mrg during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
   2349  1.3  mrg versions must be dispatched.  A function version with a higher priority\n\
   2350  1.3  mrg is checked for dispatching earlier.  @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
   2351  1.3  mrg  the two function decls that will be compared.",
   2352  1.1  mrg  int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
   2353  1.1  mrg 
   2354  1.1  mrg /*  Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
   2355  1.1  mrg     function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
   2356  1.1  mrg     ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
   2357  1.1  mrg     must be generated.  */
   2358  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2359  1.1  mrg (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
   2360  1.3  mrg  "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
   2361  1.3  mrg function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
   2362  1.3  mrg @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
   2363  1.3  mrg body must be generated.",
   2364  1.1  mrg  tree, (void *arg), NULL)
   2365  1.1  mrg 
   2366  1.1  mrg /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
   2367  1.1  mrg    versions.  The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
   2368  1.1  mrg    version at run-time.  DECL is one version from a set of semantically
   2369  1.1  mrg    identical versions.  */
   2370  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2371  1.1  mrg (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
   2372  1.3  mrg  "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
   2373  1.3  mrg versions.  The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
   2374  1.3  mrg version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
   2375  1.3  mrg identical versions.",
   2376  1.1  mrg  tree, (void *decl), NULL)
   2377  1.1  mrg 
   2378  1.1  mrg /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
   2379  1.1  mrg    reciprocal of the function, or NULL_TREE if not available.  */
   2380  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2381  1.1  mrg (builtin_reciprocal,
   2382  1.3  mrg  "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements reciprocal of\n\
   2383  1.3  mrg the builtin function with builtin function code @var{fn}, or\n\
   2384  1.3  mrg @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.  @var{md_fn} is true\n\
   2385  1.3  mrg when @var{fn} is a code of a machine-dependent builtin function.  When\n\
   2386  1.3  mrg @var{sqrt} is true, additional optimizations that apply only to the reciprocal\n\
   2387  1.3  mrg of a square root function are performed, and only reciprocals of @code{sqrt}\n\
   2388  1.3  mrg function are valid.",
   2389  1.1  mrg  tree, (unsigned fn, bool md_fn, bool sqrt),
   2390  1.1  mrg  default_builtin_reciprocal)
   2391  1.1  mrg 
   2392  1.1  mrg /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
   2393  1.1  mrg    string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE.  In all other cases, return
   2394  1.1  mrg    NULL.  */
   2395  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2396  1.1  mrg (mangle_type,
   2397  1.3  mrg  "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
   2398  1.3  mrg uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
   2399  1.3  mrg to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
   2400  1.3  mrg mangled name.  The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
   2401  1.3  mrg the type to be mangled.  The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
   2402  1.3  mrg not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
   2403  1.3  mrg for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize.  If the\n\
   2404  1.3  mrg return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
   2405  1.3  mrg string constant.\n\
   2406  1.3  mrg \n\
   2407  1.3  mrg Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
   2408  1.3  mrg qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types.  Encode new\n\
   2409  1.3  mrg fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
   2410  1.3  mrg is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
   2411  1.3  mrg length of @var{name} in decimal.  Encode qualified versions of\n\
   2412  1.3  mrg ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
   2413  1.3  mrg @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
   2414  1.3  mrg @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
   2415  1.3  mrg code used to represent the unqualified version of this type.  (See\n\
   2416  1.3  mrg @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
   2417  1.3  mrg codes.)  In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
   2418  1.3  mrg spaces in your string.\n\
   2419  1.3  mrg \n\
   2420  1.3  mrg This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution.  If the mangled\n\
   2421  1.3  mrg name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
   2422  1.3  mrg can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
   2423  1.3  mrg before mangling.\n\
   2424  1.3  mrg \n\
   2425  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
   2426  1.3  mrg appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
   2427  1.3  mrg types.",
   2428  1.1  mrg  const char *, (const_tree type),
   2429  1.1  mrg  hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
   2430  1.1  mrg 
   2431  1.1  mrg /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target.  */
   2432  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2433  1.1  mrg (init_libfuncs,
   2434  1.3  mrg  "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
   2435  1.3  mrg existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
   2436  1.3  mrg @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
   2437  1.3  mrg @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
   2438  1.3  mrg library routines.\n\
   2439  1.3  mrg \n\
   2440  1.3  mrg The default is to do nothing.  Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
   2441  1.1  mrg  void, (void),
   2442  1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
   2443  1.1  mrg 
   2444  1.1  mrg  /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __.  */
   2445  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   2446  1.1  mrg (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
   2447  1.1  mrg  "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
   2448  1.1  mrg underscores.  If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
   2449  1.1  mrg instead.  E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}.  This\n\
   2450  1.1  mrg currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.  If this\n\
   2451  1.1  mrg is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
   2452  1.1  mrg @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
   2453  1.1  mrg   bool, false)
   2454  1.1  mrg 
   2455  1.1  mrg /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
   2456  1.1  mrg    has relocs, choose attributes for the section.  */
   2457  1.1  mrg /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION.  */
   2458  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2459  1.1  mrg (section_type_flags,
   2460  1.3  mrg  "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
   2461  1.3  mrg based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
   2462  1.3  mrg declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations.  @var{decl} may be\n\
   2463  1.3  mrg null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
   2464  1.3  mrg \n\
   2465  1.3  mrg The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
   2466  1.3  mrg read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}.  You should only\n\
   2467  1.3  mrg need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
   2468  1.3  mrg set via @code{__attribute__}.",
   2469  1.1  mrg  unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
   2470  1.1  mrg  default_section_type_flags)
   2471  1.1  mrg 
   2472  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2473  1.3  mrg (libc_has_function,
   2474  1.3  mrg  "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
   2475  1.3  mrg @var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
   2476  1.3  mrg  bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
   2477  1.3  mrg  default_libc_has_function)
   2478  1.3  mrg 
   2479  1.1  mrg /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
   2480  1.1  mrg    not, at the current point in the compilation.  */
   2481  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2482  1.1  mrg (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
   2483  1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
   2484  1.3  mrg instructions could be created.  On machines that require a register for\n\
   2485  1.3  mrg every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
   2486  1.3  mrg reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
   2487  1.3  mrg \n\
   2488  1.3  mrg @smallexample\n\
   2489  1.3  mrg static bool\n\
   2490  1.3  mrg cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
   2491  1.3  mrg @{\n\
   2492  1.3  mrg   return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
   2493  1.3  mrg @}\n\
   2494  1.3  mrg @end smallexample",
   2495  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   2496  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   2497  1.1  mrg 
   2498  1.1  mrg /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE.  */
   2499  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2500  1.1  mrg (can_follow_jump,
   2501  1.1  mrg  "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
   2502  1.1  mrg   return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
   2503  1.1  mrg   false, if it can't.\
   2504  1.1  mrg   For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
   2505  1.1  mrg   follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
   2506  1.3  mrg  bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
   2507  1.3  mrg  hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
   2508  1.1  mrg 
   2509  1.1  mrg /* Return a register class for which branch target register
   2510  1.1  mrg    optimizations should be applied.  */
   2511  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2512  1.1  mrg (branch_target_register_class,
   2513  1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
   2514  1.3  mrg optimizations should be applied.  All registers in this class should be\n\
   2515  1.3  mrg usable interchangeably.  After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
   2516  1.3  mrg re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
   2517  1.3  mrg to inter-block scheduling.",
   2518  1.1  mrg  reg_class_t, (void),
   2519  1.1  mrg  default_branch_target_register_class)
   2520  1.1  mrg 
   2521  1.1  mrg /* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
   2522  1.1  mrg    callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
   2523  1.1  mrg    function.  AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
   2524  1.1  mrg    already been generated.  */
   2525  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2526  1.1  mrg (branch_target_register_callee_saved,
   2527  1.3  mrg  "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
   2528  1.3  mrg registers\n\
   2529  1.3  mrg that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
   2530  1.3  mrg returns true, they will be included.  The target code must than make sure\n\
   2531  1.3  mrg that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
   2532  1.3  mrg @samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
   2533  1.3  mrg saved.  @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
   2534  1.3  mrg epilogues have already been generated.  Note, even if you only return\n\
   2535  1.3  mrg true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
   2536  1.3  mrg to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
   2537  1.3  mrg to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
   2538  1.1  mrg  bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
   2539  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_bool_false)
   2540  1.1  mrg 
   2541  1.1  mrg /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution.  */
   2542  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2543  1.1  mrg (have_conditional_execution,
   2544  1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
   2545  1.3  mrg This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
   2546  1.3  mrg modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
   2547  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   2548  1.1  mrg  default_have_conditional_execution)
   2549  1.1  mrg 
   2550  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2551  1.3  mrg (gen_ccmp_first,
   2552  1.3  mrg  "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
   2553  1.3  mrg  sequence of conditional comparisions.  It returns a appropriate @code{CC}\n\
   2554  1.3  mrg  for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.  The insns to\n\
   2555  1.3  mrg  prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare insns are\n\
   2556  1.3  mrg  saved in @var{gen_seq}.  They will be emitted when all the compares in the\n\
   2557  1.3  mrg  the conditional comparision are generated without error.  @var{code} is\n\
   2558  1.3  mrg  the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
   2559  1.3  mrg  rtx, (rtx *prep_seq, rtx *gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
   2560  1.3  mrg  NULL)
   2561  1.3  mrg 
   2562  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2563  1.3  mrg (gen_ccmp_next,
   2564  1.3  mrg  "This function prepare to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence of\n\
   2565  1.3  mrg  conditional comparisons.  It returns a appropriate @code{CC} for passing to\n\
   2566  1.3  mrg  @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.  The insns to prepare the\n\
   2567  1.3  mrg  compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare insns are saved in\n\
   2568  1.3  mrg  @var{gen_seq}.  They will be emitted when all the compares in the conditional\n\
   2569  1.3  mrg  comparision are generated without error.  The @var{prev} expression is the\n\
   2570  1.3  mrg  result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first} or @code{gen_ccmp_next}.  It\n\
   2571  1.3  mrg  may return @code{NULL} if the combination of @var{prev} and this comparison is\n\
   2572  1.3  mrg  not supported, otherwise the result must be appropriate for passing to\n\
   2573  1.3  mrg  @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.  @var{code} is the\n\
   2574  1.3  mrg  @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.  @var{bit_code}\n\
   2575  1.3  mrg  is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the two compares.",
   2576  1.3  mrg  rtx, (rtx *prep_seq, rtx *gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
   2577  1.3  mrg  NULL)
   2578  1.3  mrg 
   2579  1.1  mrg /* Return a new value for loop unroll size.  */
   2580  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2581  1.1  mrg (loop_unroll_adjust,
   2582  1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
   2583  1.3  mrg should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
   2584  1.3  mrg the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
   2585  1.3  mrg the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
   2586  1.3  mrg is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
   2587  1.3  mrg number of memory accesses.",
   2588  1.1  mrg  unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
   2589  1.1  mrg  NULL)
   2590  1.1  mrg 
   2591  1.1  mrg /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand.  */
   2592  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2593  1.1  mrg (legitimate_constant_p,
   2594  1.3  mrg  "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
   2595  1.3  mrg @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine.  You can assume that\n\
   2596  1.3  mrg @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
   2597  1.3  mrg \n\
   2598  1.3  mrg The default definition returns true.",
   2599  1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
   2600  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
   2601  1.1  mrg 
   2602  1.1  mrg /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool.  */
   2603  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2604  1.1  mrg (cannot_force_const_mem,
   2605  1.3  mrg  "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
   2606  1.3  mrg should not) be spilled to the constant pool.  @var{mode} is the mode\n\
   2607  1.3  mrg of @var{x}.\n\
   2608  1.3  mrg \n\
   2609  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
   2610  1.3  mrg \n\
   2611  1.3  mrg The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
   2612  1.3  mrg deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
   2613  1.3  mrg from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
   2614  1.3  mrg holding the constant.  This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
   2615  1.3  mrg of TLS symbols for various targets.",
   2616  1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
   2617  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
   2618  1.1  mrg 
   2619  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   2620  1.1  mrg (cannot_copy_insn_p,
   2621  1.1  mrg  "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
   2622  1.3  mrg  bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
   2623  1.1  mrg 
   2624  1.1  mrg /* True if X is considered to be commutative.  */
   2625  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2626  1.1  mrg (commutative_p,
   2627  1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
   2628  1.3  mrg Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
   2629  1.3  mrg PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@.  @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
   2630  1.3  mrg of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
   2631  1.1  mrg  bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
   2632  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
   2633  1.1  mrg 
   2634  1.1  mrg /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
   2635  1.1  mrg    on the mode of the memory reference it is used in.  */
   2636  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2637  1.1  mrg (mode_dependent_address_p,
   2638  1.3  mrg  "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
   2639  1.3  mrg space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
   2640  1.3  mrg different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
   2641  1.3  mrg reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
   2642  1.3  mrg but not others.\n\
   2643  1.3  mrg \n\
   2644  1.3  mrg Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
   2645  1.3  mrg effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
   2646  1.3  mrg of the operand being addressed.  Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
   2647  1.3  mrg addresses.  Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
   2648  1.3  mrg \n\
   2649  1.3  mrg You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
   2650  1.3  mrg \n\
   2651  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
   2652  1.1  mrg  bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
   2653  1.1  mrg  default_mode_dependent_address_p)
   2654  1.1  mrg 
   2655  1.1  mrg /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
   2656  1.1  mrg    ways to make it legitimate.  Return X or an invalid address on failure.  */
   2657  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2658  1.1  mrg (legitimize_address,
   2659  1.3  mrg  "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
   2660  1.3  mrg operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
   2661  1.3  mrg address.\n\
   2662  1.3  mrg \n\
   2663  1.3  mrg @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
   2664  1.3  mrg @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
   2665  1.3  mrg and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
   2666  1.3  mrg @var{x}.\n\
   2667  1.3  mrg \n\
   2668  1.3  mrg The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
   2669  1.3  mrg @var{x}.  If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
   2670  1.3  mrg should return the new @var{x}.\n\
   2671  1.3  mrg \n\
   2672  1.3  mrg It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
   2673  1.3  mrg with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
   2674  1.3  mrg The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases.  In fact, if\n\
   2675  1.3  mrg the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
   2676  1.3  mrg is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
   2677  1.3  mrg a valid way to legitimize the address.  But often a machine-dependent\n\
   2678  1.3  mrg strategy can generate better code.",
   2679  1.3  mrg  rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
   2680  1.1  mrg  default_legitimize_address)
   2681  1.1  mrg 
   2682  1.1  mrg /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS.  */
   2683  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2684  1.1  mrg (delegitimize_address,
   2685  1.3  mrg  "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
   2686  1.3  mrg @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
   2687  1.3  mrg macros.  Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
   2688  1.3  mrg references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
   2689  1.3  mrg addressing modes.  This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
   2690  1.3  mrg the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
   2691  1.3  mrg into their original form.",
   2692  1.1  mrg  rtx, (rtx x),
   2693  1.1  mrg  delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
   2694  1.1  mrg 
   2695  1.1  mrg /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
   2696  1.1  mrg    section.  */
   2697  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2698  1.1  mrg (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
   2699  1.3  mrg  "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
   2700  1.3  mrg debug sections.",
   2701  1.1  mrg  bool, (rtx x),
   2702  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_rtx_false)
   2703  1.1  mrg 
   2704  1.1  mrg /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid.  */
   2705  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2706  1.1  mrg (legitimate_address_p,
   2707  1.3  mrg  "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
   2708  1.3  mrg address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
   2709  1.3  mrg \n\
   2710  1.3  mrg Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
   2711  1.3  mrg non-strict one.  The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
   2712  1.3  mrg desired by the caller.\n\
   2713  1.3  mrg \n\
   2714  1.3  mrg The strict variant is used in the reload pass.  It must be defined so\n\
   2715  1.3  mrg that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
   2716  1.3  mrg considered a memory reference.  This is because in contexts where some\n\
   2717  1.3  mrg kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
   2718  1.3  mrg must be rejected.  For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
   2719  1.3  mrg up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
   2720  1.3  mrg register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
   2721  1.3  mrg if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
   2722  1.3  mrg \n\
   2723  1.3  mrg The non-strict variant is used in other passes.  It must be defined to\n\
   2724  1.3  mrg accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
   2725  1.3  mrg register is required.\n\
   2726  1.3  mrg \n\
   2727  1.3  mrg Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
   2728  1.3  mrg and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
   2729  1.3  mrg constant.  Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
   2730  1.3  mrg specifically as legitimate addresses.  Normally you would simply\n\
   2731  1.3  mrg recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
   2732  1.3  mrg \n\
   2733  1.3  mrg Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
   2734  1.3  mrg sums that are not marked with  @code{const}.  It assumes that a naked\n\
   2735  1.3  mrg @code{plus} indicates indexing.  If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
   2736  1.3  mrg naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
   2737  1.3  mrg be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
   2738  1.3  mrg \n\
   2739  1.3  mrg @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
   2740  1.3  mrg On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
   2741  1.3  mrg the section that the address refers to.  On these machines, define the\n\
   2742  1.3  mrg target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
   2743  1.3  mrg into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here.  When you see a\n\
   2744  1.3  mrg @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
   2745  1.3  mrg @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section.  @xref{Assembler\n\
   2746  1.3  mrg Format}.\n\
   2747  1.3  mrg \n\
   2748  1.3  mrg @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
   2749  1.3  mrg Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
   2750  1.3  mrg this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro.  This macro\n\
   2751  1.3  mrg has this syntax:\n\
   2752  1.3  mrg \n\
   2753  1.3  mrg @example\n\
   2754  1.3  mrg #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
   2755  1.3  mrg @end example\n\
   2756  1.3  mrg \n\
   2757  1.3  mrg @noindent\n\
   2758  1.3  mrg and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
   2759  1.3  mrg address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
   2760  1.3  mrg \n\
   2761  1.3  mrg @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
   2762  1.3  mrg Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
   2763  1.3  mrg macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}.  You should use an\n\
   2764  1.3  mrg @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
   2765  1.3  mrg that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
   2766  1.3  mrg \n\
   2767  1.3  mrg Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
   2768  1.3  mrg files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
   2769  1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
   2770  1.1  mrg  default_legitimate_address_p)
   2771  1.1  mrg 
   2772  1.1  mrg /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block.  */
   2773  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2774  1.1  mrg (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
   2775  1.3  mrg  "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
   2776  1.3  mrg be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.  @var{mode} is the mode\n\
   2777  1.3  mrg of @var{x}.\n\
   2778  1.3  mrg \n\
   2779  1.3  mrg The default version returns false for all constants.",
   2780  1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
   2781  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
   2782  1.1  mrg 
   2783  1.1  mrg /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block.  */
   2784  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2785  1.1  mrg (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
   2786  1.3  mrg  "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
   2787  1.3  mrg be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
   2788  1.3  mrg \n\
   2789  1.3  mrg The default version returns true for all decls.",
   2790  1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree decl),
   2791  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_true)
   2792  1.1  mrg 
   2793  1.1  mrg /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses.  */
   2794  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   2795  1.1  mrg (min_anchor_offset,
   2796  1.3  mrg  "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
   2797  1.3  mrg On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
   2798  1.3  mrg applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
   2799  1.3  mrg for every mode.  The default value is 0.",
   2800  1.1  mrg  HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
   2801  1.1  mrg 
   2802  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   2803  1.1  mrg (max_anchor_offset,
   2804  1.3  mrg  "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
   2805  1.3  mrg offset that should be applied to section anchors.  The default\n\
   2806  1.3  mrg value is 0.",
   2807  1.1  mrg  HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
   2808  1.1  mrg 
   2809  1.1  mrg /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol.  */
   2810  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2811  1.1  mrg (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
   2812  1.3  mrg  "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
   2813  1.3  mrg @var{x}.  You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
   2814  1.3  mrg @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
   2815  1.3  mrg \n\
   2816  1.3  mrg The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
   2817  1.3  mrg intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
   2818  1.3  mrg or target-specific sections.",
   2819  1.1  mrg  bool, (const_rtx x),
   2820  1.1  mrg  default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
   2821  1.1  mrg 
   2822  1.3  mrg /* True if target supports indirect functions.  */
   2823  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2824  1.3  mrg (has_ifunc_p,
   2825  1.3  mrg  "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
   2826  1.3  mrg The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
   2827  1.3  mrg The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
   2828  1.3  mrg  bool, (void),
   2829  1.3  mrg  default_has_ifunc_p)
   2830  1.3  mrg 
   2831  1.1  mrg /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
   2832  1.1  mrg    call expression EXP.  DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
   2833  1.1  mrg    this is an indirect call.  */
   2834  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2835  1.1  mrg (function_ok_for_sibcall,
   2836  1.3  mrg  "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
   2837  1.3  mrg call expression @var{exp}.  @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
   2838  1.3  mrg or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
   2839  1.3  mrg \n\
   2840  1.3  mrg It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
   2841  1.3  mrg tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
   2842  1.3  mrg during PIC compilation.  The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
   2843  1.3  mrg as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
   2844  1.3  mrg ``normal'' call.  The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
   2845  1.3  mrg may vary greatly between different architectures.",
   2846  1.1  mrg  bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
   2847  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
   2848  1.1  mrg 
   2849  1.1  mrg /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
   2850  1.1  mrg    FNDECL.  The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
   2851  1.1  mrg    level, outside of any function scope.  */
   2852  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2853  1.1  mrg (set_current_function,
   2854  1.3  mrg  "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
   2855  1.3  mrg context (@code{cfun}).  You can define this function if\n\
   2856  1.3  mrg the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
   2857  1.3  mrg per-function basis.  For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
   2858  1.3  mrg attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
   2859  1.3  mrg The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
   2860  1.3  mrg and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
   2861  1.3  mrg and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
   2862  1.3  mrg The default hook function does nothing.\n\
   2863  1.3  mrg \n\
   2864  1.3  mrg GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
   2865  1.3  mrg some parts of the back end.  The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
   2866  1.3  mrg situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
   2867  1.3  mrg or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
   2868  1.3  mrg @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
   2869  1.3  mrg outside of any function scope.",
   2870  1.1  mrg  void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
   2871  1.1  mrg 
   2872  1.1  mrg /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section.  */
   2873  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2874  1.1  mrg (in_small_data_p,
   2875  1.3  mrg  "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
   2876  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook always returns false.",
   2877  1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree exp),
   2878  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_false)
   2879  1.1  mrg 
   2880  1.1  mrg /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
   2881  1.1  mrg    to the current executable or shared library.  */
   2882  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2883  1.1  mrg (binds_local_p,
   2884  1.3  mrg  "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
   2885  1.3  mrg rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
   2886  1.3  mrg or executable image).\n\
   2887  1.3  mrg \n\
   2888  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
   2889  1.3  mrg for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
   2890  1.3  mrg currently supported object file formats.",
   2891  1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree exp),
   2892  1.1  mrg  default_binds_local_p)
   2893  1.1  mrg 
   2894  1.1  mrg /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue.  */
   2895  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2896  1.1  mrg (profile_before_prologue,
   2897  1.1  mrg  "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
   2898  1.1  mrg The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
   2899  1.1  mrg @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
   2900  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   2901  1.1  mrg  default_profile_before_prologue)
   2902  1.1  mrg 
   2903  1.3  mrg /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
   2904  1.3  mrg    enabled.  */
   2905  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   2906  1.3  mrg (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
   2907  1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
   2908  1.3  mrg  the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount.  This might\
   2909  1.3  mrg  make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
   2910  1.3  mrg  stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
   2911  1.3  mrg  mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
   2912  1.3  mrg  bool, (void),
   2913  1.3  mrg  default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
   2914  1.3  mrg 
   2915  1.1  mrg /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
   2916  1.1  mrg    originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
   2917  1.1  mrg    (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
   2918  1.1  mrg    The default is to return ID without modification. */
   2919  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2920  1.1  mrg (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
   2921  1.3  mrg  "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
   2922  1.3  mrg by target-independent code.  The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
   2923  1.3  mrg the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
   2924  1.3  mrg or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++).  The return value of the\n\
   2925  1.3  mrg hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
   2926  1.3  mrg your target system.  The default implementation of this hook just\n\
   2927  1.3  mrg returns the @var{id} provided.",
   2928  1.1  mrg  tree, (tree decl, tree  id),
   2929  1.1  mrg  default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
   2930  1.1  mrg 
   2931  1.1  mrg /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
   2932  1.1  mrg    the associated SYMBOL_REF.  */
   2933  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2934  1.1  mrg (encode_section_info,
   2935  1.3  mrg  "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
   2936  1.3  mrg treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
   2937  1.3  mrg function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
   2938  1.3  mrg \n\
   2939  1.3  mrg The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
   2940  1.3  mrg @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
   2941  1.3  mrg an entry in the constant pool.  In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
   2942  1.3  mrg rtl in question.  Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
   2943  1.3  mrg in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
   2944  1.3  mrg \n\
   2945  1.3  mrg In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
   2946  1.3  mrg a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}.  Most decls\n\
   2947  1.3  mrg will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed.  Global\n\
   2948  1.3  mrg register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
   2949  1.3  mrg rtl.  (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
   2950  1.3  mrg leave it alone.)\n\
   2951  1.3  mrg \n\
   2952  1.3  mrg The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
   2953  1.3  mrg that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl.  It will\n\
   2954  1.3  mrg be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
   2955  1.3  mrg declarations.  Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
   2956  1.3  mrg declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
   2957  1.3  mrg @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
   2958  1.3  mrg \n\
   2959  1.3  mrg @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
   2960  1.3  mrg The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
   2961  1.3  mrg @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
   2962  1.3  mrg Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
   2963  1.3  mrg encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
   2964  1.3  mrg discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
   2965  1.3  mrg \n\
   2966  1.3  mrg The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
   2967  1.3  mrg in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
   2968  1.3  mrg @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.  Check whether the default does what you need\n\
   2969  1.3  mrg before overriding it.",
   2970  1.1  mrg  void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
   2971  1.1  mrg  default_encode_section_info)
   2972  1.1  mrg 
   2973  1.1  mrg /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string.  */
   2974  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2975  1.1  mrg (strip_name_encoding,
   2976  1.3  mrg  "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
   2977  1.3  mrg the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
   2978  1.3  mrg may have added.",
   2979  1.1  mrg  const char *, (const char *name),
   2980  1.1  mrg  default_strip_name_encoding)
   2981  1.1  mrg 
   2982  1.1  mrg /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
   2983  1.1  mrg    return the mask that they apply.  Return 0 otherwise.  */
   2984  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   2985  1.1  mrg (shift_truncation_mask,
   2986  1.3  mrg  "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
   2987  1.3  mrg deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
   2988  1.3  mrg @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
   2989  1.3  mrg \n\
   2990  1.3  mrg On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
   2991  1.3  mrg shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
   2992  1.3  mrg equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}.  If\n\
   2993  1.3  mrg this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
   2994  1.3  mrg otherwise it should return 0.  A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
   2995  1.3  mrg particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
   2996  1.3  mrg \n\
   2997  1.3  mrg Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
   2998  1.3  mrg @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
   2999  1.3  mrg that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
   3000  1.3  mrg \n\
   3001  1.3  mrg The default implementation of this function returns\n\
   3002  1.3  mrg @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
   3003  1.3  mrg and 0 otherwise.  This definition is always safe, but if\n\
   3004  1.3  mrg @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
   3005  1.3  mrg nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
   3006  1.3  mrg by overriding it.",
   3007  1.3  mrg  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
   3008  1.1  mrg  default_shift_truncation_mask)
   3009  1.1  mrg 
   3010  1.1  mrg /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
   3011  1.1  mrg    so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
   3012  1.1  mrg    the reciprocal.  */
   3013  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3014  1.1  mrg (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
   3015  1.3  mrg  "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
   3016  1.3  mrg divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
   3017  1.3  mrg the reciprocal.  This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
   3018  1.3  mrg that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
   3019  1.3  mrg of mode @var{mode}.  The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
   3020  1.3  mrg has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
   3021  1.3  mrg  unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
   3022  1.1  mrg  default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
   3023  1.1  mrg 
   3024  1.1  mrg /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
   3025  1.1  mrg    always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
   3026  1.1  mrg    SIGN_EXTEND.  Return UNKNOWN otherwise.  */
   3027  1.1  mrg /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
   3028  1.1  mrg    necessarily defined at this point.  */
   3029  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3030  1.1  mrg (mode_rep_extended,
   3031  1.3  mrg  "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
   3032  1.3  mrg are always extended to a wider integral mode.  Return\n\
   3033  1.3  mrg @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
   3034  1.3  mrg sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}.  Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
   3035  1.3  mrg otherwise.  (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
   3036  1.3  mrg representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
   3037  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
   3038  1.3  mrg @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}.  Also no target extends\n\
   3039  1.3  mrg @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
   3040  1.3  mrg widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
   3041  1.3  mrg \n\
   3042  1.3  mrg Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
   3043  1.3  mrg value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
   3044  1.3  mrg as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
   3045  1.3  mrg @code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns nonzero.\n\
   3046  1.3  mrg \n\
   3047  1.3  mrg Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
   3048  1.3  mrg describe two related properties.  If you define\n\
   3049  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
   3050  1.3  mrg to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
   3051  1.3  mrg extension.\n\
   3052  1.3  mrg \n\
   3053  1.3  mrg In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
   3054  1.3  mrg @code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
   3055  1.3  mrg @code{mode}.",
   3056  1.3  mrg  int, (machine_mode mode, machine_mode rep_mode),
   3057  1.1  mrg  default_mode_rep_extended)
   3058  1.1  mrg 
   3059  1.1  mrg /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))).  */
   3060  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3061  1.1  mrg (valid_pointer_mode,
   3062  1.3  mrg  "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
   3063  1.3  mrg with machine mode @var{mode}.  The default version of this\n\
   3064  1.3  mrg hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
   3065  1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode),
   3066  1.1  mrg  default_valid_pointer_mode)
   3067  1.1  mrg 
   3068  1.1  mrg /* Disambiguate with errno.  */
   3069  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3070  1.1  mrg (ref_may_alias_errno,
   3071  1.1  mrg  "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
   3072  1.1  mrg   may alias with the system C library errno location.  The default\
   3073  1.1  mrg   version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
   3074  1.1  mrg   is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
   3075  1.1  mrg   a pointer to int.",
   3076  1.3  mrg  bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
   3077  1.1  mrg  default_ref_may_alias_errno)
   3078  1.1  mrg 
   3079  1.1  mrg /* Support for named address spaces.  */
   3080  1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   3081  1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
   3082  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
   3083  1.1  mrg 
   3084  1.1  mrg /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space.  */
   3085  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3086  1.1  mrg (pointer_mode,
   3087  1.3  mrg  "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
   3088  1.3  mrg @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
   3089  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode} for the\n\
   3090  1.3  mrg generic address space only.",
   3091  1.3  mrg  machine_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
   3092  1.1  mrg  default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
   3093  1.1  mrg 
   3094  1.1  mrg /* MODE to use for an address in another address space.  */
   3095  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3096  1.1  mrg (address_mode,
   3097  1.3  mrg  "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
   3098  1.3  mrg @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
   3099  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode} for the\n\
   3100  1.3  mrg generic address space only.",
   3101  1.3  mrg  machine_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
   3102  1.1  mrg  default_addr_space_address_mode)
   3103  1.1  mrg 
   3104  1.1  mrg /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
   3105  1.1  mrg    in another address space.  */
   3106  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3107  1.1  mrg (valid_pointer_mode,
   3108  1.3  mrg  "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
   3109  1.3  mrg with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}.  This target\n\
   3110  1.3  mrg hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
   3111  1.3  mrg except that it includes explicit named address space support.  The default\n\
   3112  1.3  mrg version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
   3113  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
   3114  1.3  mrg target hooks for the given address space.",
   3115  1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
   3116  1.1  mrg  default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
   3117  1.1  mrg 
   3118  1.1  mrg /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
   3119  1.1  mrg    space for a given mode.  */
   3120  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3121  1.1  mrg (legitimate_address_p,
   3122  1.3  mrg  "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
   3123  1.3  mrg @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}.  The @var{strict}\n\
   3124  1.3  mrg parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
   3125  1.3  mrg finished.  This target hook is the same as the\n\
   3126  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
   3127  1.3  mrg explicit named address space support.",
   3128  1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
   3129  1.1  mrg  default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
   3130  1.1  mrg 
   3131  1.1  mrg /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
   3132  1.1  mrg    address space to a valid one.  If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
   3133  1.1  mrg    independent methods to make the address valid.  */
   3134  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3135  1.1  mrg (legitimize_address,
   3136  1.3  mrg  "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
   3137  1.3  mrg with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}.  This target\n\
   3138  1.3  mrg hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
   3139  1.3  mrg except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
   3140  1.3  mrg  rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
   3141  1.1  mrg  default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
   3142  1.1  mrg 
   3143  1.1  mrg /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
   3144  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3145  1.1  mrg (subset_p,
   3146  1.3  mrg  "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
   3147  1.3  mrg contained within the @var{superset} named address space.  Pointers to\n\
   3148  1.3  mrg a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
   3149  1.3  mrg will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
   3150  1.3  mrg arithmetic operations.  Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
   3151  1.3  mrg converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
   3152  1.1  mrg  bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
   3153  1.1  mrg  default_addr_space_subset_p)
   3154  1.1  mrg 
   3155  1.1  mrg /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another.  */
   3156  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3157  1.1  mrg (convert,
   3158  1.3  mrg  "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
   3159  1.3  mrg @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
   3160  1.3  mrg space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
   3161  1.3  mrg to a different named address space.  When this hook it called, it is\n\
   3162  1.3  mrg guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
   3163  1.3  mrg as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
   3164  1.1  mrg  rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
   3165  1.1  mrg  default_addr_space_convert)
   3166  1.1  mrg 
   3167  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
   3168  1.1  mrg 
   3169  1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   3170  1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
   3171  1.1  mrg 
   3172  1.1  mrg /* True if MODE is valid for the target.  By "valid", we mean able to
   3173  1.1  mrg    be manipulated in non-trivial ways.  In particular, this means all
   3174  1.1  mrg    the arithmetic is supported.  */
   3175  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3176  1.1  mrg (scalar_mode_supported_p,
   3177  1.3  mrg  "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
   3178  1.3  mrg insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}.  For a scalar mode to be\n\
   3179  1.3  mrg considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
   3180  1.3  mrg must work.\n\
   3181  1.3  mrg \n\
   3182  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
   3183  1.3  mrg required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
   3184  1.3  mrg Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
   3185  1.3  mrg code in @file{optabs.c}.",
   3186  1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode),
   3187  1.1  mrg  default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
   3188  1.1  mrg 
   3189  1.1  mrg /* Similarly for vector modes.  "Supported" here is less strict.  At
   3190  1.1  mrg    least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
   3191  1.1  mrg    for further details.  */
   3192  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3193  1.1  mrg (vector_mode_supported_p,
   3194  1.3  mrg  "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
   3195  1.3  mrg insns involving vector mode @var{mode}.  At the very least, it\n\
   3196  1.3  mrg must have move patterns for this mode.",
   3197  1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode),
   3198  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_mode_false)
   3199  1.1  mrg 
   3200  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3201  1.1  mrg (vector_alignment,
   3202  1.1  mrg  "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
   3203  1.1  mrg @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI.  The default is to\n\
   3204  1.1  mrg require natural alignment for vector types.  The alignment returned by\n\
   3205  1.1  mrg this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
   3206  1.1  mrg the vector element type.",
   3207  1.1  mrg  HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
   3208  1.1  mrg  default_vector_alignment)
   3209  1.1  mrg 
   3210  1.1  mrg /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
   3211  1.1  mrg    overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit.  */
   3212  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3213  1.1  mrg (array_mode_supported_p,
   3214  1.1  mrg  "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
   3215  1.1  mrg of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
   3216  1.1  mrg Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
   3217  1.1  mrg and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
   3218  1.1  mrg \n\
   3219  1.1  mrg One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
   3220  1.1  mrg that operate on several homogeneous vectors.  For example, ARM NEON\n\
   3221  1.1  mrg has operations like:\n\
   3222  1.1  mrg \n\
   3223  1.1  mrg @smallexample\n\
   3224  1.1  mrg int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
   3225  1.1  mrg @end smallexample\n\
   3226  1.1  mrg \n\
   3227  1.1  mrg where the return type is defined as:\n\
   3228  1.1  mrg \n\
   3229  1.1  mrg @smallexample\n\
   3230  1.1  mrg typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
   3231  1.1  mrg @{\n\
   3232  1.1  mrg   int8x8_t val[3];\n\
   3233  1.1  mrg @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
   3234  1.1  mrg @end smallexample\n\
   3235  1.1  mrg \n\
   3236  1.1  mrg If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
   3237  1.1  mrg @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode.  GCC can then store\n\
   3238  1.1  mrg @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
   3239  1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
   3240  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
   3241  1.1  mrg 
   3242  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   3243  1.3  mrg (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
   3244  1.3  mrg  "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
   3245  1.3  mrg floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
   3246  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}.  The default version of this \n\
   3247  1.3  mrg hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
   3248  1.3  mrg @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
   3249  1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode),
   3250  1.3  mrg  default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
   3251  1.3  mrg 
   3252  1.1  mrg /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
   3253  1.1  mrg    TO, using MODE.  */
   3254  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3255  1.1  mrg (register_move_cost,
   3256  1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
   3257  1.3  mrg from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}.  The classes\n\
   3258  1.3  mrg are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
   3259  1.3  mrg A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
   3260  1.3  mrg that.\n\
   3261  1.3  mrg \n\
   3262  1.3  mrg It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
   3263  1.3  mrg same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
   3264  1.3  mrg registers if they are not general registers.\n\
   3265  1.3  mrg \n\
   3266  1.3  mrg If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
   3267  1.3  mrg hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
   3268  1.3  mrg classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
   3269  1.3  mrg constraints of the insn are met.  Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
   3270  1.3  mrg allow reload to verify that the constraints are met.  You should do this\n\
   3271  1.3  mrg if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
   3272  1.3  mrg \n\
   3273  1.3  mrg The default version of this function returns 2.",
   3274  1.3  mrg  int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
   3275  1.1  mrg  default_register_move_cost)
   3276  1.1  mrg 
   3277  1.1  mrg /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory.  */
   3278  1.1  mrg /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
   3279  1.1  mrg    license grant.  Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS.  */
   3280  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3281  1.1  mrg (memory_move_cost,
   3282  1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
   3283  1.3  mrg between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
   3284  1.3  mrg if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
   3285  1.3  mrg This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
   3286  1.3  mrg If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
   3287  1.3  mrg registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
   3288  1.3  mrg \n\
   3289  1.3  mrg If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
   3290  1.3  mrg the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
   3291  1.3  mrg needed.  If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
   3292  1.3  mrg between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
   3293  1.3  mrg more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
   3294  1.3  mrg reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
   3295  1.3  mrg \n\
   3296  1.3  mrg GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
   3297  1.3  mrg secondary reloads are needed.  It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
   3298  1.3  mrg a secondary register.  If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
   3299  1.3  mrg secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
   3300  1.3  mrg 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
   3301  1.3  mrg value to the result of that function.  The arguments to that function\n\
   3302  1.3  mrg are the same as to this target hook.",
   3303  1.3  mrg  int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
   3304  1.1  mrg  default_memory_move_cost)
   3305  1.1  mrg 
   3306  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   3307  1.3  mrg (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
   3308  1.3  mrg  "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
   3309  1.3  mrg two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
   3310  1.3  mrg when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
   3311  1.3  mrg implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
   3312  1.3  mrg insns.  Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
   3313  1.3  mrg @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
   3314  1.3  mrg unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
   3315  1.3  mrg \n\
   3316  1.3  mrg This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
   3317  1.3  mrg given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
   3318  1.3  mrg infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
   3319  1.3  mrg Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
   3320  1.3  mrg units.\n\
   3321  1.3  mrg \n\
   3322  1.3  mrg The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
   3323  1.3  mrg @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES}.\n\
   3324  1.3  mrg These describe the type of memory operation under consideration.\n\
   3325  1.3  mrg \n\
   3326  1.3  mrg The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
   3327  1.3  mrg optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
   3328  1.3  mrg \n\
   3329  1.3  mrg Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
   3330  1.3  mrg for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
   3331  1.3  mrg @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
   3332  1.3  mrg @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
   3333  1.3  mrg insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
   3334  1.3  mrg the body of the memory operation.\n\
   3335  1.3  mrg \n\
   3336  1.3  mrg Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
   3337  1.3  mrg in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
   3338  1.3  mrg move would be greater than that of a library call.",
   3339  1.3  mrg  bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
   3340  1.3  mrg         enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
   3341  1.3  mrg  default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
   3342  1.3  mrg 
   3343  1.1  mrg /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
   3344  1.1  mrg    be allocated to registers in a small register class.  The compiler is
   3345  1.1  mrg    allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
   3346  1.1  mrg    but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers.  */
   3347  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3348  1.1  mrg (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
   3349  1.3  mrg  "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
   3350  1.3  mrg small register classes.  If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
   3351  1.3  mrg @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
   3352  1.3  mrg in @var{mode}.  The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
   3353  1.3  mrg In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
   3354  1.3  mrg for any mode.\n\
   3355  1.3  mrg \n\
   3356  1.3  mrg On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
   3357  1.3  mrg insns.  Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
   3358  1.3  mrg to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
   3359  1.3  mrg if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
   3360  1.3  mrg insn.\n\
   3361  1.3  mrg \n\
   3362  1.3  mrg Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
   3363  1.3  mrg in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
   3364  1.3  mrg the instruction are already known.  And for some machines, register\n\
   3365  1.3  mrg classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
   3366  1.3  mrg registers.  For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
   3367  1.3  mrg registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
   3368  1.3  mrg SSE registers for floating point operations.  On such targets, a good\n\
   3369  1.3  mrg strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
   3370  1.3  mrg machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
   3371  1.3  mrg \n\
   3372  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook returns false for any mode.  It is always\n\
   3373  1.3  mrg safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value.  But if you\n\
   3374  1.3  mrg unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
   3375  1.3  mrg that can be performed in some cases.  If you do not define this hook\n\
   3376  1.3  mrg to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
   3377  1.3  mrg of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
   3378  1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode),
   3379  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_mode_false)
   3380  1.1  mrg 
   3381  1.1  mrg /* Register number for a flags register.  Only needs to be defined if the
   3382  1.1  mrg    target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination.  */
   3383  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   3384  1.1  mrg (flags_regnum,
   3385  1.1  mrg  "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
   3386  1.1  mrg  post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
   3387  1.1  mrg  appropriately.",
   3388  1.1  mrg  unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
   3389  1.1  mrg 
   3390  1.1  mrg /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X.  Return true if the complete
   3391  1.1  mrg    cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
   3392  1.1  mrg    scanned.  In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result.  */
   3393  1.1  mrg /* Note that CODE and OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
   3394  1.1  mrg    not necessarily defined at this point.  */
   3395  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3396  1.1  mrg (rtx_costs,
   3397  1.3  mrg  "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
   3398  1.3  mrg \n\
   3399  1.3  mrg The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
   3400  1.3  mrg available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
   3401  1.3  mrg as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
   3402  1.3  mrg That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
   3403  1.3  mrg that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
   3404  1.3  mrg either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
   3405  1.3  mrg (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
   3406  1.3  mrg \n\
   3407  1.3  mrg @var{code} is @var{x}'s expression code---redundant, since it can be\n\
   3408  1.3  mrg obtained with @code{GET_CODE (@var{x})}.\n\
   3409  1.3  mrg \n\
   3410  1.3  mrg In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
   3411  1.3  mrg @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
   3412  1.3  mrg instructions.\n\
   3413  1.3  mrg \n\
   3414  1.3  mrg On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
   3415  1.3  mrg for the cost of the expression.  The hook should modify this value as\n\
   3416  1.3  mrg necessary.  Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
   3417  1.3  mrg for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
   3418  1.3  mrg operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
   3419  1.3  mrg \n\
   3420  1.3  mrg When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
   3421  1.3  mrg false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
   3422  1.3  mrg size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
   3423  1.3  mrg \n\
   3424  1.3  mrg The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
   3425  1.3  mrg processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
   3426  1.1  mrg  bool, (rtx x, int code, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
   3427  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_rtx_int_int_int_intp_bool_false)
   3428  1.1  mrg 
   3429  1.1  mrg /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address.  Never called with
   3430  1.1  mrg    invalid addresses.  */
   3431  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3432  1.1  mrg (address_cost,
   3433  1.3  mrg  "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
   3434  1.3  mrg @var{address}.  If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
   3435  1.3  mrg the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
   3436  1.3  mrg \n\
   3437  1.3  mrg For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
   3438  1.3  mrg true cost of the addressing mode.  However, on RISC machines, all\n\
   3439  1.3  mrg instructions normally have the same length and execution time.  Hence\n\
   3440  1.3  mrg all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
   3441  1.3  mrg \n\
   3442  1.3  mrg In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
   3443  1.3  mrg the lowest cost will be used.  If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
   3444  1.3  mrg cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
   3445  1.3  mrg \n\
   3446  1.3  mrg For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
   3447  1.3  mrg and a constant is used twice in the same basic block.  When this macro\n\
   3448  1.3  mrg is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
   3449  1.3  mrg references will be indirect through that register.  On machines where\n\
   3450  1.3  mrg the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
   3451  1.3  mrg that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
   3452  1.3  mrg instruction and possibly require an additional register.  Proper\n\
   3453  1.3  mrg specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
   3454  1.3  mrg \n\
   3455  1.3  mrg This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
   3456  1.3  mrg \n\
   3457  1.3  mrg On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
   3458  1.3  mrg cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
   3459  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
   3460  1.3  mrg be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
   3461  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner.  This effect\n\
   3462  1.3  mrg should be considered in the definition of this macro.  Equivalent costs\n\
   3463  1.3  mrg should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
   3464  1.3  mrg registers on machines with lots of registers.",
   3465  1.3  mrg  int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
   3466  1.1  mrg  default_address_cost)
   3467  1.1  mrg 
   3468  1.1  mrg /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value.  */
   3469  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3470  1.1  mrg (allocate_initial_value,
   3471  1.3  mrg  "\n\
   3472  1.3  mrg When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
   3473  1.3  mrg register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
   3474  1.3  mrg to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
   3475  1.3  mrg it has been saved into can be used.  @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
   3476  1.3  mrg is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
   3477  1.3  mrg that had its initial value copied by using\n\
   3478  1.3  mrg @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
   3479  1.3  mrg Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
   3480  1.3  mrg to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
   3481  1.3  mrg the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
   3482  1.3  mrg @code{MEM}.\n\
   3483  1.3  mrg If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
   3484  1.3  mrg it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
   3485  1.3  mrg You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
   3486  1.3  mrg @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
   3487  1.3  mrg register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
   3488  1.3  mrg The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
   3489  1.3  mrg allocation.",
   3490  1.1  mrg  rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
   3491  1.1  mrg 
   3492  1.1  mrg /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
   3493  1.1  mrg    FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1.  */
   3494  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3495  1.1  mrg (unspec_may_trap_p,
   3496  1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
   3497  1.3  mrg @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap.  Targets can use\n\
   3498  1.3  mrg this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
   3499  1.3  mrg @code{unspec_volatile} operations.  You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
   3500  1.3  mrg to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
   3501  1.3  mrg passed along.",
   3502  1.1  mrg  int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
   3503  1.1  mrg  default_unspec_may_trap_p)
   3504  1.1  mrg 
   3505  1.1  mrg /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
   3506  1.1  mrg    to represent where to find the register pieces.  Define this hook
   3507  1.1  mrg    if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
   3508  1.1  mrg    non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
   3509  1.1  mrg    represented in more than one register in Dwarf.  Otherwise, this
   3510  1.1  mrg    hook should return NULL_RTX.  */
   3511  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3512  1.1  mrg (dwarf_register_span,
   3513  1.3  mrg  "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
   3514  1.3  mrg represent where to find the register pieces.  Define this hook if the\n\
   3515  1.3  mrg register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
   3516  1.3  mrg locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
   3517  1.3  mrg register in Dwarf.  Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
   3518  1.3  mrg If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
   3519  1.1  mrg  rtx, (rtx reg),
   3520  1.1  mrg  hook_rtx_rtx_null)
   3521  1.1  mrg 
   3522  1.3  mrg /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
   3523  1.3  mrg    register.  */
   3524  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   3525  1.3  mrg (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
   3526  1.3  mrg  "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
   3527  1.3  mrg corresponding Dwarf frame register should have.  This is normally\n\
   3528  1.3  mrg used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
   3529  1.3  mrg clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
   3530  1.3  mrg  machine_mode, (int regno),
   3531  1.3  mrg  default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
   3532  1.3  mrg 
   3533  1.1  mrg /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
   3534  1.1  mrg    entries not corresponding directly to registers below
   3535  1.1  mrg    FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
   3536  1.1  mrg    code, given the address of the table.  */
   3537  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3538  1.1  mrg (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
   3539  1.3  mrg  "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
   3540  1.3  mrg multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
   3541  1.3  mrg sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
   3542  1.3  mrg It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
   3543  1.3  mrg filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
   3544  1.3  mrg @var{address} is the address of the table.",
   3545  1.1  mrg  void, (tree address),
   3546  1.1  mrg  hook_void_tree)
   3547  1.1  mrg 
   3548  1.1  mrg /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
   3549  1.1  mrg    targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
   3550  1.1  mrg    the condition codes.  This should return true if there is such a
   3551  1.1  mrg    register, false otherwise.  The arguments should be set to the
   3552  1.1  mrg    fixed register numbers.  Up to two condition code registers are
   3553  1.1  mrg    supported.  If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
   3554  1.1  mrg    at by the second argument should be set to -1.  */
   3555  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3556  1.1  mrg (fixed_condition_code_regs,
   3557  1.3  mrg  "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
   3558  1.3  mrg register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
   3559  1.3  mrg regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
   3560  1.3  mrg hard register is set to a common value.  Use this hook to enable a\n\
   3561  1.3  mrg small pass which optimizes such cases.  This hook should return true\n\
   3562  1.3  mrg to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
   3563  1.3  mrg arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
   3564  1.3  mrg When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
   3565  1.3  mrg integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
   3566  1.3  mrg @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
   3567  1.3  mrg \n\
   3568  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook returns false.",
   3569  1.1  mrg  bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
   3570  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
   3571  1.1  mrg 
   3572  1.1  mrg /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
   3573  1.1  mrg      code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
   3574  1.1  mrg      done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
   3575  1.1  mrg      modes.  If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
   3576  1.1  mrg      VOIDmode.  */
   3577  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3578  1.1  mrg (cc_modes_compatible,
   3579  1.3  mrg  "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
   3580  1.3  mrg @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
   3581  1.3  mrg validly done in more than one mode.  On such a system, define this\n\
   3582  1.3  mrg target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
   3583  1.3  mrg both comparisons may be validly done.  If there is no such mode,\n\
   3584  1.3  mrg return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
   3585  1.3  mrg \n\
   3586  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
   3587  1.3  mrg same.  If they are, it returns that mode.  If they are different, it\n\
   3588  1.3  mrg returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
   3589  1.3  mrg  machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
   3590  1.1  mrg  default_cc_modes_compatible)
   3591  1.1  mrg 
   3592  1.1  mrg /* Do machine-dependent code transformations.  Called just before
   3593  1.1  mrg      delayed-branch scheduling.  */
   3594  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3595  1.1  mrg (machine_dependent_reorg,
   3596  1.3  mrg  "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
   3597  1.3  mrg instruction stream.  The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
   3598  1.3  mrg just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
   3599  1.3  mrg \n\
   3600  1.3  mrg The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target.  Some use\n\
   3601  1.3  mrg it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
   3602  1.3  mrg laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
   3603  1.3  mrg Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
   3604  1.3  mrg \n\
   3605  1.3  mrg You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do.  The default\n\
   3606  1.3  mrg definition is null.",
   3607  1.1  mrg  void, (void), NULL)
   3608  1.1  mrg 
   3609  1.1  mrg /* Create the __builtin_va_list type.  */
   3610  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3611  1.1  mrg (build_builtin_va_list,
   3612  1.3  mrg  "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
   3613  1.3  mrg The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
   3614  1.1  mrg  tree, (void),
   3615  1.1  mrg  std_build_builtin_va_list)
   3616  1.1  mrg 
   3617  1.1  mrg /* Enumerate the va list variants.  */
   3618  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3619  1.1  mrg (enum_va_list_p,
   3620  1.3  mrg  "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
   3621  1.3  mrg to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
   3622  1.3  mrg variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
   3623  1.3  mrg to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
   3624  1.3  mrg variable.\n\
   3625  1.3  mrg The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
   3626  1.3  mrg this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
   3627  1.3  mrg internal type.\n\
   3628  1.3  mrg If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
   3629  1.3  mrg Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
   3630  1.3  mrg macro to iterate through all types.",
   3631  1.1  mrg  int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
   3632  1.1  mrg  NULL)
   3633  1.1  mrg 
   3634  1.1  mrg /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type.  */
   3635  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3636  1.1  mrg (fn_abi_va_list,
   3637  1.3  mrg  "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
   3638  1.3  mrg @var{fndecl}.\n\
   3639  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
   3640  1.1  mrg  tree, (tree fndecl),
   3641  1.1  mrg  std_fn_abi_va_list)
   3642  1.1  mrg 
   3643  1.1  mrg /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type.  */
   3644  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3645  1.1  mrg (canonical_va_list_type,
   3646  1.3  mrg  "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
   3647  1.3  mrg type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
   3648  1.3  mrg @code{NULL_TREE}.",
   3649  1.1  mrg  tree, (tree type),
   3650  1.1  mrg  std_canonical_va_list_type)
   3651  1.1  mrg 
   3652  1.1  mrg /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant.  */
   3653  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   3654  1.1  mrg (expand_builtin_va_start,
   3655  1.1  mrg "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
   3656  1.1  mrg  void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
   3657  1.1  mrg 
   3658  1.1  mrg /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR.  */
   3659  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3660  1.1  mrg (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
   3661  1.3  mrg  "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
   3662  1.3  mrg @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}.  The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
   3663  1.3  mrg arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
   3664  1.3  mrg @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
   3665  1.1  mrg  tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
   3666  1.1  mrg  std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
   3667  1.1  mrg 
   3668  1.1  mrg /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
   3669  1.1  mrg    get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
   3670  1.1  mrg    and stores the size in its argument.  pch_valid_p gets the same
   3671  1.1  mrg    information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
   3672  1.1  mrg    or an error message if not.  */
   3673  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3674  1.1  mrg (get_pch_validity,
   3675  1.3  mrg  "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
   3676  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
   3677  1.3  mrg @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
   3678  1.1  mrg  void *, (size_t *sz),
   3679  1.1  mrg  default_get_pch_validity)
   3680  1.1  mrg 
   3681  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3682  1.1  mrg (pch_valid_p,
   3683  1.3  mrg  "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
   3684  1.3  mrg compatible with the current settings.  It returns @code{NULL}\n\
   3685  1.3  mrg if so and a suitable error message if not.  Error messages will\n\
   3686  1.3  mrg be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
   3687  1.3  mrg \n\
   3688  1.3  mrg @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
   3689  1.3  mrg when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
   3690  1.3  mrg It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
   3691  1.3  mrg compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
   3692  1.3  mrg \n\
   3693  1.3  mrg The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
   3694  1.3  mrg suitable for most targets.",
   3695  1.1  mrg  const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
   3696  1.1  mrg  default_pch_valid_p)
   3697  1.1  mrg 
   3698  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3699  1.1  mrg (prepare_pch_save,
   3700  1.1  mrg  "Called before writing out a PCH file.  If the target has some\n\
   3701  1.1  mrg garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
   3702  1.1  mrg it can use this hook to enforce that state.  Very few targets need\n\
   3703  1.1  mrg to do anything here.",
   3704  1.1  mrg  void, (void),
   3705  1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
   3706  1.1  mrg 
   3707  1.1  mrg /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
   3708  1.1  mrg    given set of target flags can be used.  It returns NULL if so,
   3709  1.1  mrg    otherwise it returns an error message.  */
   3710  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3711  1.1  mrg (check_pch_target_flags,
   3712  1.3  mrg  "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
   3713  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
   3714  1.3  mrg of @code{target_flags}.  @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
   3715  1.3  mrg @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created.  The return\n\
   3716  1.3  mrg value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
   3717  1.1  mrg  const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
   3718  1.1  mrg 
   3719  1.1  mrg /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
   3720  1.1  mrg    bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
   3721  1.1  mrg    that type.  */
   3722  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3723  1.1  mrg (default_short_enums,
   3724  1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
   3725  1.3  mrg @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
   3726  1.3  mrg of possible values of that type.  It should return false if all\n\
   3727  1.3  mrg @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
   3728  1.3  mrg \n\
   3729  1.3  mrg The default is to return false.",
   3730  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   3731  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   3732  1.1  mrg 
   3733  1.1  mrg /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
   3734  1.1  mrg    of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer.  */
   3735  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3736  1.1  mrg (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
   3737  1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
   3738  1.3  mrg the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
   3739  1.3  mrg The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
   3740  1.3  mrg machines.  One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
   3741  1.3  mrg @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
   3742  1.1  mrg  rtx, (void),
   3743  1.1  mrg  default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
   3744  1.1  mrg 
   3745  1.1  mrg /* This target hook should add STRING_CST trees for any hard regs
   3746  1.1  mrg    the port wishes to automatically clobber for an asm.  */
   3747  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3748  1.1  mrg (md_asm_clobbers,
   3749  1.3  mrg  "This target hook should add to @var{clobbers} @code{STRING_CST} trees for\n\
   3750  1.3  mrg any hard regs the port wishes to automatically clobber for an asm.\n\
   3751  1.3  mrg It should return the result of the last @code{tree_cons} used to add a\n\
   3752  1.3  mrg clobber.  The @var{outputs}, @var{inputs} and @var{clobber} lists are the\n\
   3753  1.3  mrg corresponding parameters to the asm and may be inspected to avoid\n\
   3754  1.3  mrg clobbering a register that is an input or output of the asm.  You can use\n\
   3755  1.3  mrg @code{tree_overlaps_hard_reg_set}, declared in @file{tree.h}, to test\n\
   3756  1.3  mrg for overlap with regards to asm-declared registers.",
   3757  1.1  mrg  tree, (tree outputs, tree inputs, tree clobbers),
   3758  1.1  mrg  hook_tree_tree_tree_tree_3rd_identity)
   3759  1.1  mrg 
   3760  1.1  mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
   3761  1.1  mrg    in the debug information.  This function actually returns an
   3762  1.1  mrg    enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
   3763  1.1  mrg    and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
   3764  1.1  mrg    the function is being declared as an int.  */
   3765  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3766  1.1  mrg (dwarf_calling_convention,
   3767  1.3  mrg  "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
   3768  1.3  mrg be emitted for each function.  Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
   3769  1.3  mrg value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
   3770  1.1  mrg  int, (const_tree function),
   3771  1.1  mrg  hook_int_const_tree_0)
   3772  1.1  mrg 
   3773  1.1  mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
   3774  1.1  mrg    contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs.  The call frame debugging info
   3775  1.1  mrg    engine will invoke it on insns of the form
   3776  1.1  mrg      (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
   3777  1.1  mrg    and
   3778  1.1  mrg      (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
   3779  1.1  mrg    to let the backend emit the call frame instructions.  */
   3780  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3781  1.1  mrg (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
   3782  1.3  mrg  "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
   3783  1.3  mrg contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs.  The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
   3784  1.3  mrg info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
   3785  1.3  mrg @smallexample\n\
   3786  1.3  mrg (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
   3787  1.3  mrg @end smallexample\n\
   3788  1.3  mrg and\n\
   3789  1.3  mrg @smallexample\n\
   3790  1.3  mrg (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
   3791  1.3  mrg @end smallexample\n\
   3792  1.3  mrg to let the backend emit the call frame instructions.  @var{label} is\n\
   3793  1.3  mrg the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
   3794  1.3  mrg the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
   3795  1.1  mrg  void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
   3796  1.1  mrg 
   3797  1.1  mrg /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant.  */
   3798  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   3799  1.1  mrg (stdarg_optimize_hook,
   3800  1.1  mrg "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
   3801  1.1  mrg  from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}.  @var{stmt} is the statement.  Returns true if\
   3802  1.1  mrg  the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
   3803  1.1  mrg  bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const_gimple stmt), NULL)
   3804  1.1  mrg 
   3805  1.1  mrg /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
   3806  1.1  mrg    that represents the external variable that contains the stack
   3807  1.1  mrg    protection guard variable.  The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node.  */
   3808  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3809  1.1  mrg (stack_protect_guard,
   3810  1.3  mrg  "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
   3811  1.3  mrg for the stack protection guard.  This variable is initialized by the\n\
   3812  1.3  mrg runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
   3813  1.3  mrg that is placed at the top of the local stack frame.  The type of this\n\
   3814  1.3  mrg variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
   3815  1.3  mrg \n\
   3816  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
   3817  1.3  mrg @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
   3818  1.1  mrg  tree, (void),
   3819  1.1  mrg  default_stack_protect_guard)
   3820  1.1  mrg 
   3821  1.1  mrg /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
   3822  1.1  mrg    that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails.  */
   3823  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3824  1.1  mrg (stack_protect_fail,
   3825  1.3  mrg  "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
   3826  1.3  mrg stack protect guard variable has been modified.  This expression should\n\
   3827  1.3  mrg involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
   3828  1.3  mrg \n\
   3829  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
   3830  1.3  mrg @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments.  This function is\n\
   3831  1.3  mrg normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
   3832  1.1  mrg  tree, (void),
   3833  1.1  mrg  default_external_stack_protect_fail)
   3834  1.1  mrg 
   3835  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   3836  1.3  mrg (can_use_doloop_p,
   3837  1.3  mrg  "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
   3838  1.3  mrg and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop.  @var{iterations} gives the\n\
   3839  1.3  mrg exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known.  @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
   3840  1.3  mrg the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known.  @var{loop_depth} is\n\
   3841  1.3  mrg the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
   3842  1.3  mrg contain innermost loops, and so on.  @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
   3843  1.3  mrg loop is only entered from the top.\n\
   3844  1.3  mrg \n\
   3845  1.3  mrg This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available.  The default\n\
   3846  1.3  mrg implementation returns true.  You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
   3847  1.3  mrg if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
   3848  1.3  mrg  bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
   3849  1.3  mrg 	unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
   3850  1.3  mrg  hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
   3851  1.3  mrg 
   3852  1.1  mrg /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
   3853  1.1  mrg    otherwise it returns an error message.  */
   3854  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3855  1.1  mrg (invalid_within_doloop,
   3856  1.3  mrg  "\n\
   3857  1.3  mrg Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
   3858  1.3  mrg low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
   3859  1.3  mrg could not be applied.\n\
   3860  1.3  mrg \n\
   3861  1.3  mrg Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
   3862  1.3  mrg instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
   3863  1.3  mrg the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
   3864  1.3  mrg By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
   3865  1.3  mrg loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
   3866  1.3  mrg  const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
   3867  1.1  mrg  default_invalid_within_doloop)
   3868  1.1  mrg 
   3869  1.1  mrg /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn.  */
   3870  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3871  1.1  mrg (legitimate_combined_insn,
   3872  1.1  mrg "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
   3873  1.1  mrg  is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions.  The\
   3874  1.1  mrg  default is to accept all instructions.",
   3875  1.3  mrg  bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
   3876  1.3  mrg  hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
   3877  1.1  mrg 
   3878  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3879  1.1  mrg (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
   3880  1.1  mrg "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
   3881  1.1  mrg  specified.  Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
   3882  1.1  mrg  checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
   3883  1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree decl),
   3884  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_true)
   3885  1.1  mrg 
   3886  1.1  mrg /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
   3887  1.1  mrg    value.  */
   3888  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   3889  1.1  mrg (const_anchor,
   3890  1.3  mrg  "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
   3891  1.3  mrg a constant.  If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
   3892  1.3  mrg is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
   3893  1.3  mrg is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
   3894  1.3  mrg subtraction.  We accomplish this through CSE.  Besides the value of\n\
   3895  1.3  mrg the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
   3896  1.3  mrg available expressions.  These are then queried when encountering new\n\
   3897  1.3  mrg constants.  The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
   3898  1.3  mrg down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
   3899  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
   3900  1.3  mrg accepted by immediate-add plus one.  We currently assume that the\n\
   3901  1.3  mrg value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2.  For example, on\n\
   3902  1.3  mrg MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
   3903  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}.  The default value\n\
   3904  1.3  mrg is zero, which disables this optimization.",
   3905  1.1  mrg  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
   3906  1.1  mrg 
   3907  1.1  mrg /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port  */
   3908  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3909  1.1  mrg (memmodel_check,
   3910  1.3  mrg  "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
   3911  1.3  mrg memory model bits are allowed.",
   3912  1.1  mrg  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
   3913  1.1  mrg 
   3914  1.1  mrg /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
   3915  1.1  mrg    Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
   3916  1.1  mrg    supported by the target.  */
   3917  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3918  1.1  mrg (asan_shadow_offset,
   3919  1.1  mrg  "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
   3920  1.1  mrg Address Sanitizer shadow memory address.  NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
   3921  1.1  mrg supported by the target.",
   3922  1.1  mrg  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
   3923  1.1  mrg  NULL)
   3924  1.1  mrg 
   3925  1.1  mrg /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc.  */
   3926  1.1  mrg /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix.  */
   3927  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
   3928  1.1  mrg 
   3929  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3930  1.1  mrg (promote_function_mode,
   3931  1.3  mrg  "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
   3932  1.3  mrg function return values.  The target hook should return the new mode\n\
   3933  1.3  mrg and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
   3934  1.3  mrg change signedness.  This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
   3935  1.3  mrg pointer} types.\n\
   3936  1.3  mrg \n\
   3937  1.3  mrg @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
   3938  1.3  mrg return values.  If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
   3939  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
   3940  1.3  mrg If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
   3941  1.3  mrg which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
   3942  1.3  mrg then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
   3943  1.3  mrg the signedness may be different.\n\
   3944  1.3  mrg \n\
   3945  1.3  mrg @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
   3946  1.3  mrg \n\
   3947  1.3  mrg The default is to not promote arguments and return values.  You can\n\
   3948  1.3  mrg also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
   3949  1.3  mrg if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
   3950  1.3  mrg  machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
   3951  1.1  mrg 		     const_tree funtype, int for_return),
   3952  1.1  mrg  default_promote_function_mode)
   3953  1.1  mrg 
   3954  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3955  1.1  mrg (promote_prototypes,
   3956  1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
   3957  1.3  mrg prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
   3958  1.3  mrg passed as an @code{int}.  In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
   3959  1.3  mrg cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
   3960  1.3  mrg The default is to not promote prototypes.",
   3961  1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree fntype),
   3962  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_false)
   3963  1.1  mrg 
   3964  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3965  1.1  mrg (struct_value_rtx,
   3966  1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
   3967  1.3  mrg address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
   3968  1.3  mrg passed as an ``invisible'' first argument.  Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
   3969  1.3  mrg be @code{NULL}, for libcalls.  You do not need to define this target\n\
   3970  1.3  mrg hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
   3971  1.3  mrg argument.\n\
   3972  1.3  mrg \n\
   3973  1.3  mrg On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
   3974  1.3  mrg is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
   3975  1.3  mrg caller put it.  This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
   3976  1.3  mrg be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
   3977  1.3  mrg @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
   3978  1.3  mrg the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
   3979  1.3  mrg the caller.\n\
   3980  1.3  mrg \n\
   3981  1.3  mrg If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
   3982  1.3  mrg stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
   3983  1.3  mrg @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
   3984  1.3  mrg structure value address at the beginning of a function.  If you need\n\
   3985  1.3  mrg to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
   3986  1.1  mrg  rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
   3987  1.1  mrg  hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
   3988  1.3  mrg 
   3989  1.3  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   3990  1.3  mrg (omit_struct_return_reg,
   3991  1.3  mrg  "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
   3992  1.3  mrg is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
   3993  1.3  mrg arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
   3994  1.3  mrg pointer return value.  Define this to true if that behaviour is\n\
   3995  1.3  mrg undesirable on your target.",
   3996  1.3  mrg  bool, false)
   3997  1.3  mrg 
   3998  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   3999  1.1  mrg (return_in_memory,
   4000  1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
   4001  1.3  mrg function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
   4002  1.3  mrg Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
   4003  1.3  mrg will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
   4004  1.3  mrg libcalls.\n\
   4005  1.3  mrg \n\
   4006  1.3  mrg Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
   4007  1.3  mrg by this function.  Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
   4008  1.3  mrg takes effect regardless of this macro.  On most systems, it is\n\
   4009  1.3  mrg possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
   4010  1.3  mrg definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
   4011  1.3  mrg values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
   4012  1.3  mrg \n\
   4013  1.3  mrg Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
   4014  1.3  mrg be returned in memory.  You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
   4015  1.3  mrg to indicate this.",
   4016  1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
   4017  1.1  mrg  default_return_in_memory)
   4018  1.1  mrg 
   4019  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4020  1.1  mrg (return_in_msb,
   4021  1.3  mrg  "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
   4022  1.3  mrg at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
   4023  1.3  mrg padded at the least significant end).  You can assume that @var{type}\n\
   4024  1.3  mrg is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
   4025  1.3  mrg \n\
   4026  1.3  mrg Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
   4027  1.3  mrg be able to hold the complete return value.  For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
   4028  1.3  mrg or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
   4029  1.3  mrg 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
   4030  1.3  mrg @code{SImode} rtx.",
   4031  1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree type),
   4032  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_tree_false)
   4033  1.1  mrg 
   4034  1.1  mrg /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference.  TYPE may
   4035  1.1  mrg    be null if this is a libcall.  CA may be null if this query is
   4036  1.1  mrg    from __builtin_va_arg.  */
   4037  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4038  1.1  mrg (pass_by_reference,
   4039  1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
   4040  1.3  mrg position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference.  This\n\
   4041  1.3  mrg predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
   4042  1.3  mrg passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
   4043  1.3  mrg \n\
   4044  1.3  mrg If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
   4045  1.3  mrg pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
   4046  1.3  mrg The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
   4047  1.3  mrg to that type.",
   4048  1.1  mrg  bool,
   4049  1.3  mrg  (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
   4050  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
   4051  1.1  mrg 
   4052  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4053  1.1  mrg (expand_builtin_saveregs,
   4054  1.3  mrg  "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
   4055  1.3  mrg @code{__builtin_saveregs}.  This code will be moved to the very\n\
   4056  1.3  mrg beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made.  The\n\
   4057  1.3  mrg return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
   4058  1.3  mrg to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
   4059  1.1  mrg  rtx, (void),
   4060  1.1  mrg  default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
   4061  1.1  mrg 
   4062  1.1  mrg /* Returns pretend_argument_size.  */
   4063  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4064  1.1  mrg (setup_incoming_varargs,
   4065  1.3  mrg  "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
   4066  1.3  mrg @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
   4067  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}.  Use it to store the anonymous\n\
   4068  1.3  mrg register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
   4069  1.3  mrg have been passed consecutively on the stack.  Once this is done, you can\n\
   4070  1.3  mrg use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
   4071  1.3  mrg pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
   4072  1.3  mrg \n\
   4073  1.3  mrg The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
   4074  1.3  mrg structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
   4075  1.3  mrg named arguments.  The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
   4076  1.3  mrg last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
   4077  1.3  mrg \n\
   4078  1.3  mrg The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
   4079  1.3  mrg argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
   4080  1.3  mrg store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
   4081  1.3  mrg variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}.  The value that you\n\
   4082  1.3  mrg store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
   4083  1.3  mrg frame.\n\
   4084  1.3  mrg \n\
   4085  1.3  mrg Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
   4086  1.3  mrg compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
   4087  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
   4088  1.3  mrg have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
   4089  1.3  mrg for all data types.\n\
   4090  1.3  mrg \n\
   4091  1.3  mrg If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
   4092  1.3  mrg arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time.  This\n\
   4093  1.3  mrg happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
   4094  1.3  mrg end of the source file.  The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
   4095  1.3  mrg not generate any instructions in this case.",
   4096  1.3  mrg  void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
   4097  1.3  mrg 	int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
   4098  1.3  mrg  default_setup_incoming_varargs)
   4099  1.3  mrg 
   4100  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   4101  1.3  mrg (load_bounds_for_arg,
   4102  1.3  mrg  "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
   4103  1.3  mrg @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}.  Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
   4104  1.3  mrg bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register.  If @var{slot} is a\n\
   4105  1.3  mrg memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
   4106  1.3  mrg memory.  If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
   4107  1.3  mrg constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
   4108  1.3  mrg should be used to obtain bounds.  Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
   4109  1.3  mrg  rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
   4110  1.3  mrg  default_load_bounds_for_arg)
   4111  1.3  mrg 
   4112  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   4113  1.3  mrg (store_bounds_for_arg,
   4114  1.3  mrg  "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
   4115  1.3  mrg @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}.  Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
   4116  1.3  mrg @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register.  If @var{slot} is a\n\
   4117  1.3  mrg memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
   4118  1.3  mrg memory.  If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
   4119  1.3  mrg constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
   4120  1.3  mrg should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
   4121  1.3  mrg  void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
   4122  1.3  mrg  default_store_bounds_for_arg)
   4123  1.3  mrg 
   4124  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   4125  1.3  mrg (load_returned_bounds,
   4126  1.3  mrg  "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
   4127  1.3  mrg returned by function call in @var{slot}.  Hook returns RTX holding\n\
   4128  1.3  mrg loaded bounds.",
   4129  1.3  mrg  rtx, (rtx slot),
   4130  1.3  mrg  default_load_returned_bounds)
   4131  1.3  mrg 
   4132  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   4133  1.3  mrg (store_returned_bounds,
   4134  1.3  mrg  "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
   4135  1.3  mrg returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
   4136  1.3  mrg  void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
   4137  1.3  mrg  default_store_returned_bounds)
   4138  1.3  mrg 
   4139  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   4140  1.3  mrg (setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
   4141  1.3  mrg  "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
   4142  1.3  mrg into the stack.  Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
   4143  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
   4144  1.1  mrg  void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, enum machine_mode mode, tree type,
   4145  1.1  mrg 	int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
   4146  1.3  mrg  default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
   4147  1.3  mrg 
   4148  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   4149  1.3  mrg (call_args,
   4150  1.3  mrg  "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
   4151  1.3  mrg for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
   4152  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location.  It is called just\n\
   4153  1.3  mrg before the point where argument registers are stored.  The type of the\n\
   4154  1.3  mrg function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
   4155  1.3  mrg @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls.  The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
   4156  1.3  mrg invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
   4157  1.3  mrg This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
   4158  1.3  mrg registers if a target needs it.\n\
   4159  1.3  mrg For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
   4160  1.3  mrg passed instead of an argument register.\n\
   4161  1.3  mrg Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
   4162  1.3  mrg  void, (rtx, tree),
   4163  1.3  mrg  hook_void_rtx_tree)
   4164  1.3  mrg 
   4165  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   4166  1.3  mrg (end_call_args,
   4167  1.3  mrg  "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
   4168  1.3  mrg just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo.  It\n\
   4169  1.3  mrg signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
   4170  1.3  mrg emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
   4171  1.3  mrg Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
   4172  1.3  mrg  void, (void),
   4173  1.3  mrg  hook_void_void)
   4174  1.1  mrg 
   4175  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4176  1.1  mrg (strict_argument_naming,
   4177  1.3  mrg  "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
   4178  1.3  mrg argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
   4179  1.3  mrg \n\
   4180  1.3  mrg This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
   4181  1.3  mrg is set for varargs and stdarg functions.  If this hook returns\n\
   4182  1.3  mrg @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
   4183  1.3  mrg arguments, and false for unnamed arguments.  If it returns @code{false},\n\
   4184  1.3  mrg but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
   4185  1.3  mrg then all arguments are treated as named.  Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
   4186  1.3  mrg except the last are treated as named.\n\
   4187  1.3  mrg \n\
   4188  1.3  mrg You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
   4189  1.1  mrg  bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
   4190  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
   4191  1.1  mrg 
   4192  1.1  mrg /* Returns true if we should use
   4193  1.1  mrg    targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
   4194  1.1  mrg    targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming().  */
   4195  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4196  1.1  mrg (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
   4197  1.3  mrg  "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
   4198  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
   4199  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
   4200  1.3  mrg defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
   4201  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
   4202  1.3  mrg Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
   4203  1.1  mrg  bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
   4204  1.1  mrg  default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
   4205  1.1  mrg 
   4206  1.1  mrg /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
   4207  1.1  mrg    should be passed as two scalars.  */
   4208  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4209  1.1  mrg (split_complex_arg,
   4210  1.3  mrg  "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
   4211  1.3  mrg as two scalar parameters.  By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
   4212  1.3  mrg arguments into the target's word size.  Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
   4213  1.3  mrg to be split and treated as their individual components.  For example, on\n\
   4214  1.3  mrg AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
   4215  1.3  mrg registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
   4216  1.3  mrg point register.\n\
   4217  1.3  mrg \n\
   4218  1.3  mrg The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
   4219  1.3  mrg false.",
   4220  1.1  mrg  bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
   4221  1.1  mrg 
   4222  1.1  mrg /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
   4223  1.1  mrg    but must be passed on the stack.  */
   4224  1.1  mrg /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
   4225  1.1  mrg    Need audit to verify that this is the case.  */
   4226  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4227  1.1  mrg (must_pass_in_stack,
   4228  1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
   4229  1.3  mrg solely in registers.  The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
   4230  1.3  mrg definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
   4231  1.3  mrg documentation.",
   4232  1.3  mrg  bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
   4233  1.1  mrg  must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
   4234  1.1  mrg 
   4235  1.1  mrg /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
   4236  1.1  mrg    should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
   4237  1.1  mrg    the caller.  It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors.  */
   4238  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4239  1.1  mrg (callee_copies,
   4240  1.3  mrg  "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
   4241  1.3  mrg known to be passed by reference.  The hook should return true if the\n\
   4242  1.3  mrg function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
   4243  1.3  mrg by the caller.\n\
   4244  1.3  mrg \n\
   4245  1.3  mrg For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
   4246  1.3  mrg determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
   4247  1.3  mrg not be generated.\n\
   4248  1.3  mrg \n\
   4249  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook always returns false.",
   4250  1.1  mrg  bool,
   4251  1.3  mrg  (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
   4252  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
   4253  1.1  mrg 
   4254  1.1  mrg /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
   4255  1.1  mrg    in registers.  If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
   4256  1.1  mrg    in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack.  */
   4257  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4258  1.1  mrg (arg_partial_bytes,
   4259  1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
   4260  1.3  mrg argument that must be put in registers.  The value must be zero for\n\
   4261  1.3  mrg arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
   4262  1.3  mrg pushed on the stack.\n\
   4263  1.3  mrg \n\
   4264  1.3  mrg On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
   4265  1.3  mrg registers and partially in memory.  On these machines, typically the\n\
   4266  1.3  mrg first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
   4267  1.3  mrg on the stack.  If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
   4268  1.3  mrg structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
   4269  1.3  mrg in registers and the rest must be pushed.  This macro tells the\n\
   4270  1.3  mrg compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
   4271  1.3  mrg \n\
   4272  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
   4273  1.3  mrg register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
   4274  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
   4275  1.3  mrg  int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
   4276  1.1  mrg  hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
   4277  1.1  mrg 
   4278  1.1  mrg /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
   4279  1.1  mrg    argument list.  The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
   4280  1.1  mrg    argument.  */
   4281  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4282  1.1  mrg (function_arg_advance,
   4283  1.3  mrg  "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
   4284  1.3  mrg advance past an argument in the argument list.  The values @var{mode},\n\
   4285  1.3  mrg @var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument.  Once this is done,\n\
   4286  1.3  mrg the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
   4287  1.3  mrg argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
   4288  1.3  mrg \n\
   4289  1.3  mrg This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
   4290  1.3  mrg on the stack.  The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
   4291  1.3  mrg used for arguments without any special help.",
   4292  1.1  mrg  void,
   4293  1.3  mrg  (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
   4294  1.1  mrg  default_function_arg_advance)
   4295  1.1  mrg 
   4296  1.1  mrg /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
   4297  1.1  mrg    be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
   4298  1.1  mrg    argument.  The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
   4299  1.1  mrg    argument.  */
   4300  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4301  1.1  mrg (function_arg,
   4302  1.3  mrg  "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
   4303  1.3  mrg register and if so, which register.\n\
   4304  1.3  mrg \n\
   4305  1.3  mrg The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
   4306  1.3  mrg arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
   4307  1.3  mrg the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
   4308  1.3  mrg (which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
   4309  1.3  mrg which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
   4310  1.3  mrg nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
   4311  1.3  mrg function's prototype.  @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
   4312  1.3  mrg syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
   4313  1.3  mrg \n\
   4314  1.3  mrg The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
   4315  1.3  mrg register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
   4316  1.3  mrg on the stack.\n\
   4317  1.3  mrg \n\
   4318  1.3  mrg The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
   4319  1.3  mrg passed in a target specific slot with specified number.  Target hooks\n\
   4320  1.3  mrg should be used to store or load argument in such case.  See\n\
   4321  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
   4322  1.3  mrg for more information.\n\
   4323  1.3  mrg \n\
   4324  1.3  mrg The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@.  This is\n\
   4325  1.3  mrg used when an argument is passed in multiple locations.  The mode of the\n\
   4326  1.3  mrg @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument.  The\n\
   4327  1.3  mrg @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
   4328  1.3  mrg describes where part of the argument is passed.  In each\n\
   4329  1.3  mrg @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
   4330  1.3  mrg register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
   4331  1.3  mrg register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is.  The\n\
   4332  1.3  mrg second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
   4333  1.3  mrg the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
   4334  1.3  mrg As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
   4335  1.3  mrg RTX may have a first operand of zero.  This indicates that the entire\n\
   4336  1.3  mrg argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
   4337  1.3  mrg \n\
   4338  1.3  mrg The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
   4339  1.3  mrg VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
   4340  1.3  mrg pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
   4341  1.3  mrg \n\
   4342  1.3  mrg @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
   4343  1.3  mrg The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
   4344  1.3  mrg machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
   4345  1.3  mrg cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead.  This is\n\
   4346  1.3  mrg done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
   4347  1.3  mrg @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
   4348  1.3  mrg \n\
   4349  1.3  mrg @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
   4350  1.3  mrg @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
   4351  1.3  mrg You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
   4352  1.3  mrg in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
   4353  1.3  mrg type that must be passed in the stack.  If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
   4354  1.3  mrg is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
   4355  1.3  mrg argument, the compiler will abort.  If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
   4356  1.3  mrg defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
   4357  1.3  mrg a register.",
   4358  1.3  mrg  rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
   4359  1.1  mrg        bool named),
   4360  1.1  mrg  default_function_arg)
   4361  1.1  mrg 
   4362  1.1  mrg /* Likewise, but for machines with register windows.  Return the
   4363  1.1  mrg    location where the argument will appear to the callee.  */
   4364  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4365  1.1  mrg (function_incoming_arg,
   4366  1.3  mrg  "Define this hook if the target machine has ``register windows'', so\n\
   4367  1.3  mrg that the register in which a function sees an arguments is not\n\
   4368  1.3  mrg necessarily the same as the one in which the caller passed the\n\
   4369  1.3  mrg argument.\n\
   4370  1.3  mrg \n\
   4371  1.3  mrg For such machines, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
   4372  1.3  mrg which the caller passes the value, and\n\
   4373  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
   4374  1.3  mrg fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
   4375  1.3  mrg arrive.\n\
   4376  1.3  mrg \n\
   4377  1.3  mrg If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
   4378  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
   4379  1.3  mrg  rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
   4380  1.1  mrg        bool named),
   4381  1.1  mrg  default_function_incoming_arg)
   4382  1.1  mrg 
   4383  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4384  1.1  mrg (function_arg_boundary,
   4385  1.3  mrg  "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
   4386  1.3  mrg with the specified mode and type.  The default hook returns\n\
   4387  1.3  mrg @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
   4388  1.3  mrg  unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
   4389  1.1  mrg  default_function_arg_boundary)
   4390  1.1  mrg 
   4391  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4392  1.1  mrg (function_arg_round_boundary,
   4393  1.1  mrg  "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
   4394  1.1  mrg which is the default value for this hook.  You can define this hook to\n\
   4395  1.1  mrg return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
   4396  1.1  mrg value.",
   4397  1.3  mrg  unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
   4398  1.1  mrg  default_function_arg_round_boundary)
   4399  1.1  mrg 
   4400  1.1  mrg /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
   4401  1.1  mrg    is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
   4402  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4403  1.1  mrg (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
   4404  1.3  mrg  "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
   4405  1.3  mrg illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
   4406  1.3  mrg with prototype @var{typelist}.",
   4407  1.1  mrg  const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
   4408  1.1  mrg  hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
   4409  1.1  mrg 
   4410  1.1  mrg /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
   4411  1.1  mrg    specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE.  */
   4412  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4413  1.1  mrg (function_value,
   4414  1.3  mrg  "\n\
   4415  1.3  mrg Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
   4416  1.3  mrg returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
   4417  1.3  mrg representing a data type.  @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
   4418  1.3  mrg representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
   4419  1.3  mrg function being called.  If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
   4420  1.3  mrg compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
   4421  1.3  mrg Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
   4422  1.3  mrg a function returns a value.\n\
   4423  1.3  mrg \n\
   4424  1.3  mrg On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
   4425  1.3  mrg (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
   4426  1.3  mrg place regardless of mode.)  The value of the expression is usually a\n\
   4427  1.3  mrg @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
   4428  1.3  mrg The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
   4429  1.3  mrg multiple places.  See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
   4430  1.3  mrg @code{parallel} form.   Note that the callee will populate every\n\
   4431  1.3  mrg location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
   4432  1.3  mrg the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
   4433  1.3  mrg that element as the canonical location and ignore the others.  The m68k\n\
   4434  1.3  mrg port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
   4435  1.3  mrg @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
   4436  1.3  mrg \n\
   4437  1.3  mrg If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
   4438  1.3  mrg the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
   4439  1.3  mrg @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
   4440  1.3  mrg \n\
   4441  1.3  mrg If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
   4442  1.3  mrg node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
   4443  1.3  mrg pointer.  This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
   4444  1.3  mrg convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
   4445  1.3  mrg known.\n\
   4446  1.3  mrg \n\
   4447  1.3  mrg Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
   4448  1.3  mrg which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
   4449  1.3  mrg the caller sees the value.  For such machines, you should return\n\
   4450  1.3  mrg different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
   4451  1.3  mrg \n\
   4452  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
   4453  1.3  mrg aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way.  See\n\
   4454  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
   4455  1.1  mrg  rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
   4456  1.1  mrg  default_function_value)
   4457  1.1  mrg 
   4458  1.3  mrg /* Return the rtx for bounds of returned pointer.  */
   4459  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   4460  1.3  mrg (chkp_function_value_bounds,
   4461  1.3  mrg  "Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
   4462  1.3  mrg returns bounds for returned pointers.  Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
   4463  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE}.",
   4464  1.3  mrg  rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
   4465  1.3  mrg  default_chkp_function_value_bounds)
   4466  1.3  mrg 
   4467  1.1  mrg /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
   4468  1.1  mrg    calling the function FN_NAME.  */
   4469  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4470  1.1  mrg (libcall_value,
   4471  1.3  mrg  "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
   4472  1.3  mrg function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
   4473  1.3  mrg \n\
   4474  1.3  mrg The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
   4475  1.3  mrg library function is given by @var{fun}.  The hook should return an RTX\n\
   4476  1.3  mrg representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
   4477  1.3  mrg \n\
   4478  1.3  mrg If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
   4479  1.3  mrg  rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
   4480  1.1  mrg  default_libcall_value)
   4481  1.1  mrg 
   4482  1.1  mrg /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
   4483  1.1  mrg    a function value as seen by the caller.  */
   4484  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4485  1.1  mrg (function_value_regno_p,
   4486  1.3  mrg  "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
   4487  1.3  mrg register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
   4488  1.3  mrg \n\
   4489  1.3  mrg A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
   4490  1.3  mrg second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
   4491  1.3  mrg recognized by this target hook.\n\
   4492  1.3  mrg \n\
   4493  1.3  mrg If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
   4494  1.3  mrg function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
   4495  1.3  mrg should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
   4496  1.3  mrg \n\
   4497  1.3  mrg If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
   4498  1.1  mrg  bool, (const unsigned int regno),
   4499  1.1  mrg  default_function_value_regno_p)
   4500  1.1  mrg 
   4501  1.1  mrg /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant.  */
   4502  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   4503  1.1  mrg (internal_arg_pointer,
   4504  1.1  mrg "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
   4505  1.1  mrg  current function.",
   4506  1.1  mrg  rtx, (void),
   4507  1.1  mrg  default_internal_arg_pointer)
   4508  1.1  mrg 
   4509  1.1  mrg /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed.  */
   4510  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4511  1.1  mrg (update_stack_boundary,
   4512  1.3  mrg  "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
   4513  1.3  mrg necessary.",
   4514  1.1  mrg  void, (void), NULL)
   4515  1.1  mrg 
   4516  1.1  mrg /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
   4517  1.1  mrg    Argument Pointer if necessary.  */
   4518  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4519  1.1  mrg (get_drap_rtx,
   4520  1.3  mrg  "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
   4521  1.3  mrg different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
   4522  1.3  mrg argument list due to stack realignment.  Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
   4523  1.3  mrg is needed.",
   4524  1.1  mrg  rtx, (void), NULL)
   4525  1.1  mrg 
   4526  1.1  mrg /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
   4527  1.1  mrg    stack.  */
   4528  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4529  1.1  mrg (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
   4530  1.3  mrg  "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
   4531  1.3  mrg arguments should be allocated to stack slots.  Normally, GCC allocates\n\
   4532  1.3  mrg stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
   4533  1.3  mrg debugging easier.  However, when a function is declared with\n\
   4534  1.3  mrg @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
   4535  1.3  mrg cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
   4536  1.3  mrg to the stack.  Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
   4537  1.3  mrg false for naked functions.  The default implementation always returns true.",
   4538  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   4539  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_true)
   4540  1.1  mrg 
   4541  1.3  mrg /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE.  If INCOMING_P
   4542  1.3  mrg    is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller.  */
   4543  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4544  1.1  mrg (static_chain,
   4545  1.3  mrg  "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
   4546  1.3  mrg targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
   4547  1.3  mrg nested functions.  This may be required if the target has function\n\
   4548  1.3  mrg attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
   4549  1.3  mrg those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
   4550  1.3  mrg \n\
   4551  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
   4552  1.3  mrg \n\
   4553  1.3  mrg If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
   4554  1.3  mrg provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
   4555  1.3  mrg Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
   4556  1.3  mrg from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
   4557  1.3  mrg will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
   4558  1.3  mrg @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
   4559  1.3  mrg @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
   4560  1.3  mrg @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
   4561  1.3  mrg The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
   4562  1.3  mrg @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
   4563  1.3  mrg to refer to those items.",
   4564  1.3  mrg  rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
   4565  1.1  mrg  default_static_chain)
   4566  1.1  mrg 
   4567  1.1  mrg /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
   4568  1.1  mrg    static chain value of CHAIN.  */
   4569  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4570  1.1  mrg (trampoline_init,
   4571  1.3  mrg  "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
   4572  1.3  mrg @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
   4573  1.3  mrg is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
   4574  1.3  mrg RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
   4575  1.3  mrg when it is called.\n\
   4576  1.3  mrg \n\
   4577  1.3  mrg If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
   4578  1.3  mrg first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
   4579  1.3  mrg from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
   4580  1.3  mrg Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
   4581  1.3  mrg trampoline.  If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
   4582  1.3  mrg to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
   4583  1.3  mrg \n\
   4584  1.3  mrg If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
   4585  1.3  mrg enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
   4586  1.3  mrg initializing the trampoline proper.",
   4587  1.1  mrg  void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
   4588  1.1  mrg  default_trampoline_init)
   4589  1.1  mrg 
   4590  1.1  mrg /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way.  */
   4591  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4592  1.1  mrg (trampoline_adjust_address,
   4593  1.3  mrg  "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
   4594  1.3  mrg the address of the trampoline.  Its argument contains the address of the\n\
   4595  1.3  mrg memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}.  In case\n\
   4596  1.3  mrg the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
   4597  1.3  mrg address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
   4598  1.3  mrg be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
   4599  1.3  mrg If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
   4600  1.1  mrg  rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
   4601  1.1  mrg 
   4602  1.1  mrg /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
   4603  1.1  mrg    pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
   4604  1.1  mrg    caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.  */
   4605  1.1  mrg /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters.  */
   4606  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4607  1.1  mrg (return_pops_args,
   4608  1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
   4609  1.3  mrg a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
   4610  1.3  mrg and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
   4611  1.3  mrg \n\
   4612  1.3  mrg @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
   4613  1.3  mrg the function in question.  Normally it is a node of type\n\
   4614  1.3  mrg @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
   4615  1.3  mrg From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
   4616  1.3  mrg \n\
   4617  1.3  mrg @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
   4618  1.3  mrg describes the function in question.  Normally it is a node of type\n\
   4619  1.3  mrg @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
   4620  1.3  mrg From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
   4621  1.3  mrg arguments (if known).\n\
   4622  1.3  mrg \n\
   4623  1.3  mrg When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
   4624  1.3  mrg will contain an identifier node for the library function.  Thus, if\n\
   4625  1.3  mrg you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
   4626  1.3  mrg by their names.  Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
   4627  1.3  mrg a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
   4628  1.3  mrg in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
   4629  1.3  mrg \n\
   4630  1.3  mrg @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
   4631  1.3  mrg stack.  If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
   4632  1.3  mrg argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
   4633  1.3  mrg \n\
   4634  1.3  mrg On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
   4635  1.3  mrg of this macro is @var{size}.  On the 68000, using the standard\n\
   4636  1.3  mrg calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
   4637  1.3  mrg the macro is always 0 in this case.  But an alternative calling\n\
   4638  1.3  mrg convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
   4639  1.3  mrg arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
   4640  1.3  mrg nothing (the caller pops all).  When this convention is in use,\n\
   4641  1.3  mrg @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
   4642  1.3  mrg number of arguments.",
   4643  1.1  mrg  int, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, int size),
   4644  1.1  mrg  default_return_pops_args)
   4645  1.1  mrg 
   4646  1.1  mrg /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
   4647  1.1  mrg    returned.  */
   4648  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4649  1.1  mrg (get_raw_result_mode,
   4650  1.1  mrg  "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
   4651  1.1  mrg  registers in @code{__builtin_return}.  Define this macro if the value\
   4652  1.1  mrg  in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
   4653  1.3  mrg  machine_mode, (int regno),
   4654  1.1  mrg  default_get_reg_raw_mode)
   4655  1.1  mrg 
   4656  1.1  mrg /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
   4657  1.1  mrg    passed.  */
   4658  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4659  1.1  mrg (get_raw_arg_mode,
   4660  1.1  mrg  "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
   4661  1.1  mrg  registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}.  Define this macro if the value\
   4662  1.1  mrg  in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
   4663  1.3  mrg  machine_mode, (int regno),
   4664  1.1  mrg  default_get_reg_raw_mode)
   4665  1.1  mrg 
   4666  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
   4667  1.1  mrg 
   4668  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   4669  1.3  mrg (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
   4670  1.3  mrg  "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
   4671  1.3  mrg for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
   4672  1.3  mrg  bool, (void),
   4673  1.3  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   4674  1.3  mrg 
   4675  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   4676  1.3  mrg (init_pic_reg,
   4677  1.3  mrg  "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
   4678  1.3  mrg This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
   4679  1.3  mrg  void, (void),
   4680  1.3  mrg  hook_void_void)
   4681  1.3  mrg 
   4682  1.1  mrg /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
   4683  1.1  mrg    to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise.  */
   4684  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4685  1.1  mrg (invalid_conversion,
   4686  1.3  mrg  "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
   4687  1.3  mrg invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
   4688  1.3  mrg if validity should be determined by the front end.",
   4689  1.1  mrg  const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
   4690  1.1  mrg  hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
   4691  1.1  mrg 
   4692  1.1  mrg /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
   4693  1.1  mrg    not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise.  */
   4694  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4695  1.1  mrg (invalid_unary_op,
   4696  1.3  mrg  "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
   4697  1.3  mrg invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
   4698  1.3  mrg @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
   4699  1.3  mrg if validity should be determined by the front end.",
   4700  1.1  mrg  const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
   4701  1.1  mrg  hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
   4702  1.1  mrg 
   4703  1.1  mrg /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
   4704  1.1  mrg    is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise.  */
   4705  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4706  1.1  mrg (invalid_binary_op,
   4707  1.3  mrg  "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
   4708  1.3  mrg invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
   4709  1.3  mrg and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
   4710  1.3  mrg the front end.",
   4711  1.1  mrg  const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
   4712  1.1  mrg  hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
   4713  1.1  mrg 
   4714  1.1  mrg /* Return the diagnostic message string if TYPE is not valid as a
   4715  1.1  mrg    function parameter type, NULL otherwise.  */
   4716  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4717  1.1  mrg (invalid_parameter_type,
   4718  1.3  mrg  "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
   4719  1.3  mrg invalid for functions to include parameters of type @var{type},\n\
   4720  1.3  mrg or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
   4721  1.3  mrg the front end.  This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
   4722  1.1  mrg  const char *, (const_tree type),
   4723  1.1  mrg  hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
   4724  1.1  mrg 
   4725  1.1  mrg /* Return the diagnostic message string if TYPE is not valid as a
   4726  1.1  mrg    function return type, NULL otherwise.  */
   4727  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4728  1.1  mrg (invalid_return_type,
   4729  1.3  mrg  "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
   4730  1.3  mrg invalid for functions to have return type @var{type},\n\
   4731  1.3  mrg or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
   4732  1.3  mrg the front end.  This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
   4733  1.1  mrg  const char *, (const_tree type),
   4734  1.1  mrg  hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
   4735  1.1  mrg 
   4736  1.1  mrg /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
   4737  1.1  mrg    expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
   4738  1.1  mrg    or NULL_TREE otherwise.  */
   4739  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4740  1.1  mrg (promoted_type,
   4741  1.3  mrg  "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
   4742  1.3  mrg @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
   4743  1.3  mrg analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
   4744  1.3  mrg front end's normal promotion rules.  This hook is useful when there are\n\
   4745  1.3  mrg target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
   4746  1.3  mrg This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
   4747  1.1  mrg  tree, (const_tree type),
   4748  1.1  mrg  hook_tree_const_tree_null)
   4749  1.1  mrg 
   4750  1.1  mrg /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
   4751  1.1  mrg    rules are involved.  Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
   4752  1.1  mrg    the standard conversion rules.  */
   4753  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4754  1.1  mrg (convert_to_type,
   4755  1.3  mrg  "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
   4756  1.3  mrg @var{type}.  It should return the converted expression,\n\
   4757  1.3  mrg or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
   4758  1.3  mrg This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
   4759  1.3  mrg conversion rules.\n\
   4760  1.3  mrg This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
   4761  1.1  mrg  tree, (tree type, tree expr),
   4762  1.1  mrg  hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
   4763  1.1  mrg 
   4764  1.1  mrg /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload.  */
   4765  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4766  1.1  mrg (lra_p,
   4767  1.1  mrg  "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
   4768  1.1  mrg   It means that LRA was ported to the target.\
   4769  1.1  mrg   \
   4770  1.1  mrg   The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
   4771  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   4772  1.1  mrg  default_lra_p)
   4773  1.1  mrg 
   4774  1.1  mrg /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target.  */
   4775  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4776  1.1  mrg (register_priority,
   4777  1.1  mrg  "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
   4778  1.1  mrg   register @var{hard_regno} belongs to.  The bigger the number, the\
   4779  1.1  mrg   more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
   4780  1.1  mrg   the same).  This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
   4781  1.1  mrg   others in LRA.  For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
   4782  1.1  mrg   additional prefix which makes instructions longer.  The hook can\
   4783  1.1  mrg   return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
   4784  1.1  mrg   and as result making the generated code smaller.\
   4785  1.1  mrg   \
   4786  1.1  mrg   The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
   4787  1.1  mrg  int, (int),
   4788  1.1  mrg  default_register_priority)
   4789  1.1  mrg 
   4790  1.3  mrg /* Return true if we need register usage leveling.  */
   4791  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   4792  1.3  mrg (register_usage_leveling_p,
   4793  1.3  mrg  "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
   4794  1.3  mrg   That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
   4795  1.3  mrg   assignment, we choose the least used hard register.  The register\
   4796  1.3  mrg   usage leveling may be profitable for some targets.  Don't use the\
   4797  1.3  mrg   usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
   4798  1.3  mrg   with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
   4799  1.3  mrg   optimizations.\
   4800  1.3  mrg   \
   4801  1.3  mrg   The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
   4802  1.3  mrg  bool, (void),
   4803  1.3  mrg  default_register_usage_leveling_p)
   4804  1.3  mrg 
   4805  1.1  mrg /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different.  */
   4806  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4807  1.1  mrg (different_addr_displacement_p,
   4808  1.1  mrg  "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
   4809  1.1  mrg   can have different maximal legitimate displacement.  For example, the\
   4810  1.1  mrg   displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
   4811  1.1  mrg   the insn.\
   4812  1.1  mrg   \
   4813  1.1  mrg   The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
   4814  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   4815  1.1  mrg  default_different_addr_displacement_p)
   4816  1.1  mrg 
   4817  1.1  mrg /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
   4818  1.1  mrg    instead of memory.  */
   4819  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4820  1.1  mrg (spill_class,
   4821  1.1  mrg  "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
   4822  1.1  mrg   pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
   4823  1.1  mrg   should be used.  Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
   4824  1.1  mrg   @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
   4825  1.3  mrg  reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
   4826  1.1  mrg  NULL)
   4827  1.1  mrg 
   4828  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   4829  1.3  mrg (cstore_mode,
   4830  1.3  mrg  "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
   4831  1.3  mrg   conditional store patterns.  The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
   4832  1.3  mrg   for the cstore being performed.  Not definiting this hook is the same\
   4833  1.3  mrg   as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
   4834  1.3  mrg   patterns.",
   4835  1.3  mrg   machine_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
   4836  1.3  mrg   default_cstore_mode)
   4837  1.3  mrg 
   4838  1.1  mrg /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
   4839  1.1  mrg    be accessed using BLKmode.  */
   4840  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4841  1.1  mrg (member_type_forces_blk,
   4842  1.3  mrg  "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
   4843  1.3  mrg be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
   4844  1.3  mrg \n\
   4845  1.3  mrg If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
   4846  1.3  mrg mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode.  @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
   4847  1.3  mrg case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
   4848  1.3  mrg retain the field's mode.\n\
   4849  1.3  mrg \n\
   4850  1.3  mrg Normally, this is not needed.",
   4851  1.3  mrg  bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
   4852  1.1  mrg  default_member_type_forces_blk)
   4853  1.1  mrg 
   4854  1.1  mrg /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information.  */
   4855  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4856  1.1  mrg (secondary_reload,
   4857  1.3  mrg  "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
   4858  1.3  mrg from memory or even from other types of registers.  An example is the\n\
   4859  1.3  mrg @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
   4860  1.3  mrg from general registers, but not memory.  Below, we shall be using the\n\
   4861  1.3  mrg term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
   4862  1.3  mrg directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
   4863  1.3  mrg register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
   4864  1.3  mrg destination.  An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
   4865  1.3  mrg source and destination.  Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
   4866  1.3  mrg reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
   4867  1.3  mrg and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
   4868  1.3  mrg intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
   4869  1.3  mrg \n\
   4870  1.3  mrg Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
   4871  1.3  mrg allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
   4872  1.3  mrg register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
   4873  1.3  mrg address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
   4874  1.3  mrg when compiling PIC)@.  Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
   4875  1.3  mrg as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
   4876  1.3  mrg that being copied.  Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
   4877  1.3  mrg describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
   4878  1.3  mrg these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
   4879  1.3  mrg of the scratch register(s).\n\
   4880  1.3  mrg \n\
   4881  1.3  mrg In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
   4882  1.3  mrg \n\
   4883  1.3  mrg For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
   4884  1.3  mrg and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
   4885  1.3  mrg @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}.  For output reloads, this target\n\
   4886  1.3  mrg hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
   4887  1.3  mrg needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
   4888  1.3  mrg \n\
   4889  1.3  mrg If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
   4890  1.3  mrg an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
   4891  1.3  mrg return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
   4892  1.3  mrg If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
   4893  1.3  mrg If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
   4894  1.3  mrg that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
   4895  1.3  mrg \n\
   4896  1.3  mrg If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
   4897  1.3  mrg perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
   4898  1.3  mrg closest intermediate register.  Or if no intermediate register is\n\
   4899  1.3  mrg required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
   4900  1.3  mrg copy  from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
   4901  1.3  mrg \n\
   4902  1.3  mrg You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
   4903  1.3  mrg in the md file which performs the move.  Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
   4904  1.3  mrg and input of this copy, respectively.  Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
   4905  1.3  mrg for scratch operands.  These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
   4906  1.3  mrg single-register-class\n\
   4907  1.3  mrg @c [later: or memory]\n\
   4908  1.3  mrg output constraint.\n\
   4909  1.3  mrg \n\
   4910  1.3  mrg When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
   4911  1.3  mrg hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
   4912  1.3  mrg register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
   4913  1.3  mrg have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
   4914  1.3  mrg \n\
   4915  1.3  mrg @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
   4916  1.3  mrg @c   the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
   4917  1.3  mrg @c   and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
   4918  1.3  mrg @c   alternative.  A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
   4919  1.3  mrg @c   against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
   4920  1.3  mrg @c   constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
   4921  1.3  mrg @c   arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
   4922  1.3  mrg @c   Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
   4923  1.3  mrg \n\
   4924  1.3  mrg \n\
   4925  1.3  mrg @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
   4926  1.3  mrg pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
   4927  1.3  mrg Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
   4928  1.3  mrg in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
   4929  1.3  mrg \n\
   4930  1.3  mrg Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
   4931  1.3  mrg currently not supported.  For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
   4932  1.3  mrg to use @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
   4933  1.3  mrg \n\
   4934  1.3  mrg @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
   4935  1.3  mrg copied.  If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
   4936  1.3  mrg (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
   4937  1.3  mrg Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
   4938  1.3  mrg of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
   4939  1.3  mrg forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
   4940  1.1  mrg  reg_class_t,
   4941  1.3  mrg  (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
   4942  1.1  mrg   secondary_reload_info *sri),
   4943  1.1  mrg  default_secondary_reload)
   4944  1.1  mrg 
   4945  1.1  mrg /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
   4946  1.1  mrg    return the class of reg to actually use.  */
   4947  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4948  1.1  mrg (preferred_reload_class,
   4949  1.3  mrg  "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
   4950  1.3  mrg to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
   4951  1.3  mrg @var{rclass}.  The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
   4952  1.3  mrg another, smaller class.\n\
   4953  1.3  mrg \n\
   4954  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
   4955  1.3  mrg \n\
   4956  1.3  mrg Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code.  For\n\
   4957  1.3  mrg example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
   4958  1.3  mrg for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
   4959  1.3  mrg @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
   4960  1.3  mrg Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
   4961  1.3  mrg \n\
   4962  1.3  mrg One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
   4963  1.3  mrg @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
   4964  1.3  mrg loaded into some register class.  By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
   4965  1.3  mrg force @var{x} into a memory location.  For example, rs6000 can load\n\
   4966  1.3  mrg immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
   4967  1.3  mrg instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
   4968  1.3  mrg register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
   4969  1.3  mrg @var{x} is a floating-point constant.  If the constant can't be loaded\n\
   4970  1.3  mrg into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
   4971  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
   4972  1.3  mrg of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
   4973  1.3  mrg \n\
   4974  1.3  mrg If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
   4975  1.3  mrg through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
   4976  1.3  mrg to find the best one.  Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
   4977  1.3  mrg reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
   4978  1.3  mrg this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
   4979  1.3  mrg the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
   4980  1.1  mrg  reg_class_t,
   4981  1.1  mrg  (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
   4982  1.1  mrg  default_preferred_reload_class)
   4983  1.1  mrg 
   4984  1.1  mrg /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
   4985  1.1  mrg    input reloads.  */
   4986  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   4987  1.1  mrg (preferred_output_reload_class,
   4988  1.3  mrg  "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
   4989  1.3  mrg input reloads.\n\
   4990  1.3  mrg \n\
   4991  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
   4992  1.3  mrg argument.\n\
   4993  1.3  mrg \n\
   4994  1.3  mrg You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
   4995  1.3  mrg reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
   4996  1.1  mrg  reg_class_t,
   4997  1.1  mrg  (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
   4998  1.1  mrg  default_preferred_output_reload_class)
   4999  1.1  mrg 
   5000  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5001  1.1  mrg (class_likely_spilled_p,
   5002  1.3  mrg  "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
   5003  1.3  mrg to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
   5004  1.3  mrg registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
   5005  1.3  mrg \n\
   5006  1.3  mrg The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
   5007  1.3  mrg has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise.  On most machines, this\n\
   5008  1.3  mrg default should be used.  For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
   5009  1.3  mrg i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
   5010  1.3  mrg can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
   5011  1.3  mrg \n\
   5012  1.3  mrg This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
   5013  1.3  mrg transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
   5014  1.3  mrg pressure.",
   5015  1.1  mrg  bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
   5016  1.1  mrg  default_class_likely_spilled_p)
   5017  1.1  mrg 
   5018  1.1  mrg /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
   5019  1.1  mrg    needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS.  */
   5020  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5021  1.1  mrg (class_max_nregs,
   5022  1.3  mrg  "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
   5023  1.3  mrg of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
   5024  1.3  mrg \n\
   5025  1.3  mrg This is closely related to the macro @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.  In fact,\n\
   5026  1.3  mrg the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
   5027  1.3  mrg @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
   5028  1.3  mrg @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
   5029  1.3  mrg values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
   5030  1.3  mrg \n\
   5031  1.3  mrg This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
   5032  1.3  mrg in the reload pass.\n\
   5033  1.3  mrg \n\
   5034  1.3  mrg The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
   5035  1.3  mrg in words.",
   5036  1.3  mrg  unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
   5037  1.1  mrg  default_class_max_nregs)
   5038  1.1  mrg 
   5039  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5040  1.1  mrg (preferred_rename_class,
   5041  1.1  mrg  "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
   5042  1.1  mrg  class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
   5043  1.1  mrg  @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
   5044  1.1  mrg  preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
   5045  1.1  mrg  is not implemented.\
   5046  1.1  mrg  Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code.  For\
   5047  1.1  mrg  example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
   5048  1.1  mrg  smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}.  By returning\
   5049  1.1  mrg  @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
   5050  1.1  mrg  be reduced.",
   5051  1.1  mrg  reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
   5052  1.1  mrg  default_preferred_rename_class)
   5053  1.1  mrg 
   5054  1.3  mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
   5055  1.3  mrg    during register allocation.  */
   5056  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   5057  1.3  mrg (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
   5058  1.3  mrg  "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
   5059  1.3  mrg substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
   5060  1.3  mrg register allocation.\n\
   5061  1.3  mrg The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
   5062  1.3  mrg On most machines, this default should be used.  For generally\n\
   5063  1.3  mrg machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
   5064  1.3  mrg as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
   5065  1.3  mrg  bool, (rtx subst),
   5066  1.3  mrg  hook_bool_rtx_false)
   5067  1.3  mrg 
   5068  1.3  mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
   5069  1.3  mrg    displacement addressing.  */
   5070  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   5071  1.3  mrg (legitimize_address_displacement,
   5072  1.3  mrg  "A target hook which returns @code{true} if *@var{disp} is\n\
   5073  1.3  mrg legitimezed to valid address displacement with subtracting *@var{offset}\n\
   5074  1.3  mrg at memory mode @var{mode}.\n\
   5075  1.3  mrg The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
   5076  1.3  mrg This hook will benefit machines with limited base plus displacement\n\
   5077  1.3  mrg addressing.",
   5078  1.3  mrg  bool, (rtx *disp, rtx *offset, machine_mode mode),
   5079  1.3  mrg  default_legitimize_address_displacement)
   5080  1.3  mrg 
   5081  1.1  mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
   5082  1.1  mrg    processing while initializing for variable expansion.  */
   5083  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5084  1.1  mrg (expand_to_rtl_hook,
   5085  1.3  mrg  "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
   5086  1.3  mrg to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
   5087  1.3  mrg For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
   5088  1.3  mrg for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
   5089  1.3  mrg registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
   5090  1.3  mrg usage.",
   5091  1.1  mrg  void, (void),
   5092  1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
   5093  1.1  mrg 
   5094  1.1  mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
   5095  1.1  mrg    instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
   5096  1.1  mrg    but will be later.  */
   5097  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5098  1.1  mrg (instantiate_decls,
   5099  1.3  mrg  "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
   5100  1.3  mrg that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
   5101  1.1  mrg  void, (void),
   5102  1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
   5103  1.1  mrg 
   5104  1.1  mrg /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
   5105  1.1  mrg    in peephole2.  */
   5106  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5107  1.1  mrg (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
   5108  1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
   5109  1.3  mrg @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
   5110  1.3  mrg \n\
   5111  1.3  mrg One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
   5112  1.3  mrg is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
   5113  1.3  mrg \n\
   5114  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
   5115  1.1  mrg  bool, (unsigned int regno),
   5116  1.1  mrg  default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
   5117  1.1  mrg 
   5118  1.1  mrg /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
   5119  1.1  mrg    use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.  */
   5120  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5121  1.1  mrg (case_values_threshold,
   5122  1.3  mrg  "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
   5123  1.3  mrg is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
   5124  1.3  mrg The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
   5125  1.3  mrg five otherwise.  This is best for most machines.",
   5126  1.1  mrg  unsigned int, (void),
   5127  1.1  mrg  default_case_values_threshold)
   5128  1.1  mrg 
   5129  1.1  mrg /* Retutn true if a function must have and use a frame pointer.  */
   5130  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5131  1.1  mrg (frame_pointer_required,
   5132  1.3  mrg  "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
   5133  1.3  mrg a frame pointer.  This target hook is called in the reload pass.  If its return\n\
   5134  1.3  mrg value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
   5135  1.3  mrg \n\
   5136  1.3  mrg This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
   5137  1.3  mrg according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
   5138  1.3  mrg constant @code{true} suffices.  Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
   5139  1.3  mrg to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
   5140  1.3  mrg Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
   5141  1.3  mrg pointer.\n\
   5142  1.3  mrg \n\
   5143  1.3  mrg In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
   5144  1.3  mrg without a frame pointer.  The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
   5145  1.3  mrg automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
   5146  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} returns.  You don't need to worry about\n\
   5147  1.3  mrg them.\n\
   5148  1.3  mrg \n\
   5149  1.3  mrg In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
   5150  1.3  mrg register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
   5151  1.3  mrg fixed register.  See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
   5152  1.3  mrg \n\
   5153  1.3  mrg Default return value is @code{false}.",
   5154  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   5155  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   5156  1.1  mrg 
   5157  1.1  mrg /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
   5158  1.1  mrg    from-reg with register number to-reg.  */
   5159  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5160  1.1  mrg (can_eliminate,
   5161  1.3  mrg  "This target hook should returns @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
   5162  1.3  mrg try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
   5163  1.3  mrg @var{to_reg}.  This target hook need only be defined if @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS}\n\
   5164  1.3  mrg is defined, and will usually be @code{true}, since most of the cases\n\
   5165  1.3  mrg preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
   5166  1.3  mrg knows about.\n\
   5167  1.3  mrg \n\
   5168  1.3  mrg Default return value is @code{true}.",
   5169  1.1  mrg  bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
   5170  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
   5171  1.1  mrg 
   5172  1.1  mrg /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
   5173  1.1  mrg    reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
   5174  1.1  mrg    target.  */
   5175  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5176  1.1  mrg (conditional_register_usage,
   5177  1.3  mrg  "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
   5178  1.3  mrg @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
   5179  1.3  mrg @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
   5180  1.3  mrg any dependence of these register sets on target flags.  The first three\n\
   5181  1.3  mrg of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as Boolean vectors).\n\
   5182  1.3  mrg @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
   5183  1.3  mrg @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}.  Before the macro is\n\
   5184  1.3  mrg called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
   5185  1.3  mrg @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
   5186  1.3  mrg from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
   5187  1.3  mrg @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
   5188  1.3  mrg @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
   5189  1.3  mrg @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
   5190  1.3  mrg command options have been applied.\n\
   5191  1.3  mrg \n\
   5192  1.3  mrg @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
   5193  1.3  mrg @cindex controlling register usage\n\
   5194  1.3  mrg If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
   5195  1.3  mrg flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
   5196  1.3  mrg @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
   5197  1.3  mrg registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@.  Also make\n\
   5198  1.3  mrg @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
   5199  1.3  mrg that shouldn't be used.\n\
   5200  1.3  mrg \n\
   5201  1.3  mrg (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
   5202  1.3  mrg of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
   5203  1.3  mrg controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
   5204  1.3  mrg these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
   5205  1.1  mrg  void, (void),
   5206  1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
   5207  1.1  mrg 
   5208  1.1  mrg /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends.  */
   5209  1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   5210  1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
   5211  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
   5212  1.1  mrg 
   5213  1.1  mrg /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant.  */
   5214  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC
   5215  1.1  mrg (mode_for_suffix,
   5216  1.1  mrg "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
   5217  1.1  mrg  or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
   5218  1.3  mrg  machine_mode, (char c),
   5219  1.1  mrg  default_mode_for_suffix)
   5220  1.1  mrg 
   5221  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
   5222  1.1  mrg 
   5223  1.1  mrg /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend.  */
   5224  1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   5225  1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
   5226  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
   5227  1.1  mrg 
   5228  1.1  mrg /* Return the integer type used for guard variables.  */
   5229  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5230  1.1  mrg (guard_type,
   5231  1.3  mrg  "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
   5232  1.3  mrg These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects.  The\n\
   5233  1.3  mrg default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
   5234  1.1  mrg  tree, (void),
   5235  1.1  mrg  default_cxx_guard_type)
   5236  1.1  mrg 
   5237  1.1  mrg /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested.  */
   5238  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5239  1.1  mrg (guard_mask_bit,
   5240  1.3  mrg  "This hook determines how guard variables are used.  It should return\n\
   5241  1.3  mrg @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used.  A return value of\n\
   5242  1.3  mrg @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
   5243  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   5244  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   5245  1.1  mrg 
   5246  1.1  mrg /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type.  */
   5247  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5248  1.1  mrg (get_cookie_size,
   5249  1.3  mrg  "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
   5250  1.3  mrg whose elements have the indicated @var{type}.  Assumes that it is already\n\
   5251  1.3  mrg known that a cookie is needed.  The default is\n\
   5252  1.3  mrg @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
   5253  1.3  mrg IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
   5254  1.1  mrg  tree, (tree type),
   5255  1.1  mrg  default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
   5256  1.1  mrg 
   5257  1.1  mrg /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie.  */
   5258  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5259  1.1  mrg (cookie_has_size,
   5260  1.3  mrg  "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
   5261  1.3  mrg array cookies.  The default is to return @code{false}.",
   5262  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   5263  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   5264  1.1  mrg 
   5265  1.1  mrg /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
   5266  1.1  mrg    deciding if a class should be exported or imported.  */
   5267  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5268  1.1  mrg (import_export_class,
   5269  1.3  mrg  "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
   5270  1.3  mrg class @var{type} to be overruled.  Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
   5271  1.3  mrg will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
   5272  1.3  mrg to be imported and 0 otherwise.  This function should return the\n\
   5273  1.3  mrg modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
   5274  1.3  mrg backend's targeted operating system.",
   5275  1.1  mrg  int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
   5276  1.1  mrg 
   5277  1.1  mrg /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this".  */
   5278  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5279  1.1  mrg (cdtor_returns_this,
   5280  1.3  mrg  "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
   5281  1.3  mrg the address of the object created/destroyed.  The default is to return\n\
   5282  1.3  mrg @code{false}.",
   5283  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   5284  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   5285  1.1  mrg 
   5286  1.1  mrg /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
   5287  1.1  mrg    function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
   5288  1.1  mrg    itself.  Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI.  */
   5289  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5290  1.1  mrg (key_method_may_be_inline,
   5291  1.3  mrg  "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
   5292  1.3  mrg which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
   5293  1.3  mrg table to be emitted) may be an inline function.  Under the standard\n\
   5294  1.3  mrg Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
   5295  1.3  mrg the function is not declared inline in the class definition.  Under\n\
   5296  1.3  mrg some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
   5297  1.3  mrg method.  The default is to return @code{true}.",
   5298  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   5299  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_true)
   5300  1.1  mrg 
   5301  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5302  1.1  mrg (determine_class_data_visibility,
   5303  1.1  mrg "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
   5304  1.1  mrg  or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
   5305  1.1  mrg  external linkage in this translation unit.  No ELF visibility has been\
   5306  1.1  mrg  explicitly specified.  If the target needs to specify a visibility\
   5307  1.1  mrg  other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
   5308  1.1  mrg  @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
   5309  1.1  mrg  void, (tree decl),
   5310  1.1  mrg  hook_void_tree)
   5311  1.1  mrg 
   5312  1.1  mrg /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
   5313  1.1  mrg    similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
   5314  1.1  mrg    have external linkage.  If this hook returns false, then
   5315  1.1  mrg    class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
   5316  1.1  mrg    only one translation unit will not be COMDAT.  */
   5317  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5318  1.1  mrg (class_data_always_comdat,
   5319  1.3  mrg  "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
   5320  1.3  mrg similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
   5321  1.3  mrg external linkage.  If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
   5322  1.3  mrg classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
   5323  1.3  mrg unit will not be COMDAT.",
   5324  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   5325  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_true)
   5326  1.1  mrg 
   5327  1.1  mrg /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
   5328  1.1  mrg    which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
   5329  1.1  mrg    false if it should not be COMDAT.  */
   5330  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5331  1.1  mrg (library_rtti_comdat,
   5332  1.3  mrg  "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
   5333  1.3  mrg the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
   5334  1.3  mrg be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
   5335  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   5336  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_true)
   5337  1.1  mrg 
   5338  1.1  mrg /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
   5339  1.1  mrg    destructors.  */
   5340  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5341  1.1  mrg (use_aeabi_atexit,
   5342  1.3  mrg  "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
   5343  1.3  mrg should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
   5344  1.3  mrg is in effect.  The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
   5345  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   5346  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   5347  1.1  mrg 
   5348  1.1  mrg /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
   5349  1.1  mrg    __cxa_atexit  to register static destructors.  */
   5350  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5351  1.1  mrg (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
   5352  1.3  mrg  "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
   5353  1.3  mrg in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
   5354  1.3  mrg destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
   5355  1.3  mrg shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
   5356  1.3  mrg unloaded. The default is to return false.",
   5357  1.1  mrg  bool, (void),
   5358  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_void_false)
   5359  1.1  mrg 
   5360  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5361  1.1  mrg (adjust_class_at_definition,
   5362  1.1  mrg "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
   5363  1.1  mrg  been defined.  Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
   5364  1.1  mrg  visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
   5365  1.1  mrg  void, (tree type),
   5366  1.1  mrg  hook_void_tree)
   5367  1.1  mrg 
   5368  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5369  1.1  mrg (decl_mangling_context,
   5370  1.1  mrg  "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
   5371  1.1  mrg  tree, (const_tree decl),
   5372  1.1  mrg  hook_tree_const_tree_null)
   5373  1.1  mrg 
   5374  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
   5375  1.1  mrg 
   5376  1.1  mrg /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support.  */
   5377  1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   5378  1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
   5379  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
   5380  1.1  mrg 
   5381  1.1  mrg /* Name of the address and common functions.  */
   5382  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5383  1.1  mrg (get_address,
   5384  1.3  mrg  "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
   5385  1.3  mrg object to locate a TLS instance.  The default causes libgcc's\n\
   5386  1.3  mrg emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
   5387  1.1  mrg  const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
   5388  1.1  mrg 
   5389  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5390  1.1  mrg (register_common,
   5391  1.3  mrg  "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
   5392  1.3  mrg program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
   5393  1.3  mrg initialized to zero.  If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
   5394  1.3  mrg have explicit initializers.  The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
   5395  1.3  mrg registration function to be used.",
   5396  1.1  mrg  const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
   5397  1.1  mrg 
   5398  1.1  mrg /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template.  */
   5399  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5400  1.1  mrg (var_section,
   5401  1.3  mrg  "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
   5402  1.3  mrg be placed.  The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
   5403  1.3  mrg any section.",
   5404  1.1  mrg  const char *, NULL)
   5405  1.1  mrg 
   5406  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5407  1.1  mrg (tmpl_section,
   5408  1.3  mrg  "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
   5409  1.3  mrg placed.  The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
   5410  1.3  mrg section.",
   5411  1.1  mrg  const char *, NULL)
   5412  1.1  mrg 
   5413  1.1  mrg /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template.  */
   5414  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5415  1.1  mrg (var_prefix,
   5416  1.3  mrg  "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
   5417  1.3  mrg The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
   5418  1.1  mrg  const char *, NULL)
   5419  1.1  mrg 
   5420  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5421  1.1  mrg (tmpl_prefix,
   5422  1.3  mrg  "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects.  The\n\
   5423  1.3  mrg default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
   5424  1.1  mrg  const char *, NULL)
   5425  1.1  mrg 
   5426  1.1  mrg /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable.  */
   5427  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5428  1.1  mrg (var_fields,
   5429  1.3  mrg  "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
   5430  1.3  mrg object type.  @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
   5431  1.3  mrg @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
   5432  1.3  mrg @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable.  The default creates a type suitable\n\
   5433  1.3  mrg for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
   5434  1.1  mrg  tree, (tree type, tree *name),
   5435  1.1  mrg  default_emutls_var_fields)
   5436  1.1  mrg 
   5437  1.1  mrg /* Function to initialize a proxy variable.  */
   5438  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5439  1.1  mrg (var_init,
   5440  1.3  mrg  "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
   5441  1.3  mrg TLS control object.  @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
   5442  1.3  mrg is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
   5443  1.3  mrg initializer.  The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
   5444  1.1  mrg  tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
   5445  1.1  mrg  default_emutls_var_init)
   5446  1.1  mrg 
   5447  1.1  mrg /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
   5448  1.1  mrg    proxy variable.  */
   5449  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5450  1.1  mrg (var_align_fixed,
   5451  1.3  mrg  "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
   5452  1.3  mrg fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
   5453  1.3  mrg single objects.  The default is false.",
   5454  1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   5455  1.1  mrg 
   5456  1.1  mrg /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars.  */
   5457  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5458  1.1  mrg (debug_form_tls_address,
   5459  1.3  mrg  "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
   5460  1.3  mrg may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
   5461  1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   5462  1.1  mrg 
   5463  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
   5464  1.1  mrg 
   5465  1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   5466  1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
   5467  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
   5468  1.1  mrg 
   5469  1.1  mrg /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings.  If
   5470  1.1  mrg    the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
   5471  1.1  mrg    DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node.  */
   5472  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5473  1.1  mrg (valid_attribute_p,
   5474  1.3  mrg  "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
   5475  1.3  mrg allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
   5476  1.3  mrg These function-specific options may differ\n\
   5477  1.3  mrg from the options specified on the command line.  The hook should return\n\
   5478  1.3  mrg @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
   5479  1.3  mrg \n\
   5480  1.3  mrg The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
   5481  1.3  mrg the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
   5482  1.3  mrg @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
   5483  1.1  mrg  bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
   5484  1.1  mrg  default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
   5485  1.1  mrg 
   5486  1.1  mrg /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure.  */
   5487  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5488  1.1  mrg (save,
   5489  1.3  mrg  "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
   5490  1.3  mrg in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
   5491  1.3  mrg options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
   5492  1.3  mrg @xref{Option file format}.",
   5493  1.3  mrg  void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
   5494  1.1  mrg 
   5495  1.1  mrg /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
   5496  1.1  mrg    structure.  */
   5497  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5498  1.1  mrg (restore,
   5499  1.3  mrg  "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
   5500  1.3  mrg information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
   5501  1.3  mrg function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
   5502  1.3  mrg  void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
   5503  1.3  mrg 
   5504  1.3  mrg /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
   5505  1.3  mrg    streamed in.  */
   5506  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   5507  1.3  mrg (post_stream_in,
   5508  1.3  mrg  "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
   5509  1.3  mrg @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
   5510  1.3  mrg LTO bytecode.",
   5511  1.1  mrg  void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
   5512  1.1  mrg 
   5513  1.1  mrg /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
   5514  1.1  mrg    structure.  */
   5515  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5516  1.1  mrg (print,
   5517  1.3  mrg  "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
   5518  1.3  mrg information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
   5519  1.3  mrg function-specific options.",
   5520  1.1  mrg  void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
   5521  1.1  mrg 
   5522  1.1  mrg /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
   5523  1.1  mrg    change the state if the options are valid.  If the first argument is
   5524  1.1  mrg    NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use.  Return
   5525  1.1  mrg    true if the options are valid, and set the current state.  */
   5526  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5527  1.1  mrg (pragma_parse,
   5528  1.3  mrg  "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
   5529  1.3  mrg sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
   5530  1.3  mrg input stream.  The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
   5531  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
   5532  1.1  mrg  bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
   5533  1.1  mrg  default_target_option_pragma_parse)
   5534  1.1  mrg 
   5535  1.1  mrg /* Do option overrides for the target.  */
   5536  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5537  1.1  mrg (override,
   5538  1.3  mrg  "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
   5539  1.3  mrg a particular target machine.  You can override the hook\n\
   5540  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this.  This hooks is called\n\
   5541  1.3  mrg once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
   5542  1.3  mrg \n\
   5543  1.3  mrg Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
   5544  1.3  mrg @option{-O}.  That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
   5545  1.3  mrg \n\
   5546  1.3  mrg If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
   5547  1.3  mrg changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
   5548  1.3  mrg @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
   5549  1.1  mrg  void, (void),
   5550  1.1  mrg  hook_void_void)
   5551  1.1  mrg 
   5552  1.1  mrg /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
   5553  1.1  mrg    function.  DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
   5554  1.1  mrg    have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
   5555  1.1  mrg    that is, they are compiled for different target machines.  */
   5556  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5557  1.1  mrg (function_versions,
   5558  1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
   5559  1.3  mrg versions of the same function.  @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
   5560  1.3  mrg versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
   5561  1.3  mrg different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
   5562  1.3  mrg different target machines.",
   5563  1.1  mrg  bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
   5564  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
   5565  1.1  mrg 
   5566  1.1  mrg /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function.  */
   5567  1.1  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   5568  1.1  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
   5569  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5570  1.1  mrg (can_inline_p,
   5571  1.3  mrg  "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
   5572  1.3  mrg cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information.  By\n\
   5573  1.3  mrg default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
   5574  1.3  mrg specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
   5575  1.1  mrg  bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
   5576  1.1  mrg  default_target_can_inline_p)
   5577  1.1  mrg 
   5578  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
   5579  1.1  mrg 
   5580  1.1  mrg /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
   5581  1.1  mrg    the function, they should define this target hook and set their
   5582  1.1  mrg    bits in the bitmap passed in. */
   5583  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5584  1.1  mrg (extra_live_on_entry,
   5585  1.3  mrg  "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
   5586  1.3  mrg function.  This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
   5587  1.3  mrg cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
   5588  1.3  mrg registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
   5589  1.3  mrg TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
   5590  1.3  mrg FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
   5591  1.1  mrg  void, (bitmap regs),
   5592  1.1  mrg  hook_void_bitmap)
   5593  1.1  mrg 
   5594  1.3  mrg /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
   5595  1.3  mrg    present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
   5596  1.3  mrg    definition.  */
   5597  1.3  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5598  1.3  mrg (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
   5599  1.3  mrg  "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
   5600  1.3  mrg clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
   5601  1.3  mrg That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
   5602  1.3  mrg linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
   5603  1.3  mrg modifiable by the callee.  The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
   5604  1.3  mrg in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
   5605  1.3  mrg The default version of this hook is set to false.  The purpose of this hook\n\
   5606  1.3  mrg is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
   5607  1.3  mrg  bool,
   5608  1.3  mrg  false)
   5609  1.3  mrg 
   5610  1.1  mrg /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset.  */
   5611  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5612  1.1  mrg (set_up_by_prologue,
   5613  1.1  mrg  "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
   5614  1.1  mrg  to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
   5615  1.1  mrg  void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
   5616  1.1  mrg  NULL)
   5617  1.1  mrg 
   5618  1.1  mrg /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
   5619  1.1  mrg    function's return statements need checking.  For instance a 'naked'
   5620  1.1  mrg    function attribute.  */
   5621  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5622  1.1  mrg (warn_func_return,
   5623  1.1  mrg  "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type.  This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function.  Return false if no such check should be made.",
   5624  1.1  mrg  bool, (tree),
   5625  1.1  mrg  hook_bool_tree_true)
   5626  1.1  mrg 
   5627  1.1  mrg /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging.  */
   5628  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5629  1.1  mrg (debug_unwind_info,
   5630  1.3  mrg  "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
   5631  1.3  mrg unwind information to the debugger.  Normally the hook will return\n\
   5632  1.3  mrg @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
   5633  1.3  mrg return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
   5634  1.3  mrg \n\
   5635  1.3  mrg A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
   5636  1.3  mrg is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
   5637  1.3  mrg \n\
   5638  1.3  mrg A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
   5639  1.3  mrg This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
   5640  1.1  mrg  enum unwind_info_type, (void),
   5641  1.1  mrg  default_debug_unwind_info)
   5642  1.1  mrg 
   5643  1.1  mrg /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
   5644  1.1  mrg    defined at this time.  */
   5645  1.1  mrg DEFHOOK
   5646  1.1  mrg (canonicalize_comparison,
   5647  1.3  mrg  "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
   5648  1.3  mrg convert an invalid comparison into a valid one.  For example, the Alpha\n\
   5649  1.3  mrg does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
   5650  1.3  mrg comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
   5651  1.3  mrg \n\
   5652  1.3  mrg On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
   5653  1.3  mrg @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
   5654  1.3  mrg are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively.  If\n\
   5655  1.3  mrg @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
   5656  1.3  mrg allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
   5657  1.3  mrg in RTXs which aren't comparisons.  E.g. the implementation is not\n\
   5658  1.3  mrg allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
   5659  1.3  mrg \n\
   5660  1.3  mrg GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
   5661  1.3  mrg valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
   5662  1.3  mrg @file{md} file.\n\
   5663  1.3  mrg \n\
   5664  1.3  mrg You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
   5665  1.3  mrg comparison code or operands.",
   5666  1.1  mrg  void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
   5667  1.1  mrg  default_canonicalize_comparison)
   5668  1.1  mrg 
   5669  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5670  1.1  mrg (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
   5671  1.1  mrg  "This value should be set if the result written by\
   5672  1.1  mrg  @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
   5673  1.1  mrg  @code{bool} @code{true}.",
   5674  1.1  mrg  unsigned char, 1)
   5675  1.3  mrg 
   5676  1.3  mrg /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
   5677  1.3  mrg    type which maps to machine MODE.  This allows alignment to be overridden
   5678  1.3  mrg    as needed.  */
   5679  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   5680  1.3  mrg (atomic_align_for_mode,
   5681  1.3  mrg "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
   5682  1.3  mrg  atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}.  If 0 is returned then the\
   5683  1.3  mrg  default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
   5684  1.3  mrg  unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
   5685  1.3  mrg  hook_uint_mode_0)
   5686  1.3  mrg 
   5687  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   5688  1.3  mrg (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
   5689  1.3  mrg "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
   5690  1.3  mrg  exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
   5691  1.3  mrg  whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
   5692  1.3  mrg  This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
   5693  1.3  mrg  @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
   5694  1.3  mrg  appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence.  This hook should\
   5695  1.3  mrg  set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
   5696  1.3  mrg  @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
   5697  1.3  mrg  the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
   5698  1.3  mrg  equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}.  The three expressions are\
   5699  1.3  mrg  @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
   5700  1.3  mrg  if no code is required in a particular place.  The default implementation\
   5701  1.3  mrg  leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}.  The\
   5702  1.3  mrg  @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
   5703  1.3  mrg  as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
   5704  1.3  mrg  void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
   5705  1.3  mrg  default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
   5706  1.3  mrg 
   5707  1.1  mrg /* Leave the boolean fields at the end.  */
   5708  1.1  mrg 
   5709  1.1  mrg /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
   5710  1.1  mrg    and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space.  */
   5711  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5712  1.1  mrg (have_switchable_bss_sections,
   5713  1.3  mrg  "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
   5714  1.3  mrg section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
   5715  1.3  mrg This is true on most ELF targets.",
   5716  1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   5717  1.1  mrg 
   5718  1.1  mrg /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
   5719  1.1  mrg    false if we're using collect2 for the job.  */
   5720  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5721  1.1  mrg (have_ctors_dtors,
   5722  1.3  mrg  "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
   5723  1.3  mrg collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
   5724  1.3  mrg It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
   5725  1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   5726  1.1  mrg 
   5727  1.1  mrg /* True if thread-local storage is supported.  */
   5728  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5729  1.1  mrg (have_tls,
   5730  1.3  mrg  "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
   5731  1.3  mrg The default value is false.",
   5732  1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   5733  1.1  mrg 
   5734  1.1  mrg /* True if a small readonly data section is supported.  */
   5735  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5736  1.1  mrg (have_srodata_section,
   5737  1.3  mrg  "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
   5738  1.3  mrg ``small data'' into a separate section.  The default value is false.",
   5739  1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   5740  1.1  mrg 
   5741  1.1  mrg /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated.  */
   5742  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5743  1.1  mrg (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
   5744  1.3  mrg  "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
   5745  1.3  mrg end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
   5746  1.3  mrg Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
   5747  1.3  mrg true otherwise.",
   5748  1.1  mrg  bool, true)
   5749  1.1  mrg 
   5750  1.1  mrg /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output.  */
   5751  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5752  1.1  mrg (asm_file_start_app_off,
   5753  1.3  mrg  "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
   5754  1.3  mrg printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
   5755  1.3  mrg @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect.  (If that macro has been defined\n\
   5756  1.3  mrg to the empty string, this variable has no effect.)  With the normal\n\
   5757  1.3  mrg definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
   5758  1.3  mrg assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
   5759  1.3  mrg whitespace from its input.  This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
   5760  1.3  mrg \n\
   5761  1.3  mrg The default is false.  You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
   5762  1.3  mrg verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
   5763  1.3  mrg comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
   5764  1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   5765  1.1  mrg 
   5766  1.1  mrg /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
   5767  1.1  mrg    at the beginning of assembly output.  */
   5768  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5769  1.1  mrg (asm_file_start_file_directive,
   5770  1.3  mrg  "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
   5771  1.3  mrg for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
   5772  1.3  mrg @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled).  Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
   5773  1.3  mrg this to be done.  The default is false.",
   5774  1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   5775  1.1  mrg 
   5776  1.1  mrg /* True if the target is allowed to reorder memory accesses unless
   5777  1.1  mrg    synchronization is explicitly requested.  */
   5778  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5779  1.1  mrg (relaxed_ordering,
   5780  1.3  mrg  "If set to @code{true}, means that the target's memory model does not\n\
   5781  1.3  mrg guarantee that loads which do not depend on one another will access\n\
   5782  1.3  mrg main memory in the order of the instruction stream; if ordering is\n\
   5783  1.3  mrg important, an explicit memory barrier must be used.  This is true of\n\
   5784  1.3  mrg many recent processors which implement a policy of ``relaxed,''\n\
   5785  1.3  mrg ``weak,'' or ``release'' memory consistency, such as Alpha, PowerPC,\n\
   5786  1.3  mrg and ia64.  The default is @code{false}.",
   5787  1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   5788  1.1  mrg 
   5789  1.1  mrg /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
   5790  1.1  mrg    ARM EABI.  The effects the encoding of function exception specifications.  */
   5791  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5792  1.1  mrg (arm_eabi_unwinder,
   5793  1.3  mrg  "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
   5794  1.3  mrg based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets.  This effects\n\
   5795  1.3  mrg the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
   5796  1.3  mrg running a cleanup.  The default is @code{false}.",
   5797  1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   5798  1.1  mrg 
   5799  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5800  1.1  mrg (want_debug_pub_sections,
   5801  1.1  mrg  "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
   5802  1.1  mrg  should be emitted.  These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
   5803  1.1  mrg  in particular GDB does not use them.",
   5804  1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   5805  1.1  mrg 
   5806  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5807  1.1  mrg (force_at_comp_dir,
   5808  1.1  mrg  "True if the @code{DW_AT_comp_dir} attribute should be emitted for each \
   5809  1.1  mrg  compilation unit.  This attribute is required for the darwin linker \
   5810  1.1  mrg  to emit debug information.",
   5811  1.1  mrg  bool, false)
   5812  1.1  mrg 
   5813  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5814  1.3  mrg (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
   5815  1.1  mrg This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
   5816  1.1  mrg bool, false)
   5817  1.1  mrg 
   5818  1.1  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5819  1.3  mrg (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
   5820  1.1  mrg This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
   5821  1.1  mrg bool, false)
   5822  1.1  mrg 
   5823  1.3  mrg DEFHOOKPOD
   5824  1.3  mrg (no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
   5825  1.3  mrg following it should not be run.  Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
   5826  1.3  mrg targets.",
   5827  1.3  mrg bool, false)
   5828  1.3  mrg 
   5829  1.1  mrg /* Leave the boolean fields at the end.  */
   5830  1.1  mrg 
   5831  1.3  mrg /* Functions related to mode switching.  */
   5832  1.3  mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX
   5833  1.3  mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
   5834  1.3  mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
   5835  1.3  mrg 
   5836  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   5837  1.3  mrg (emit,
   5838  1.3  mrg  "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
   5839  1.3  mrg  void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
   5840  1.3  mrg 
   5841  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   5842  1.3  mrg (needed,
   5843  1.3  mrg  "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.  If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
   5844  1.3  mrg  int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
   5845  1.3  mrg 
   5846  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   5847  1.3  mrg (after,
   5848  1.3  mrg  "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.  If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching.  It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
   5849  1.3  mrg  int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
   5850  1.3  mrg 
   5851  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   5852  1.3  mrg (entry,
   5853  1.3  mrg  "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching.  It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry.  If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
   5854  1.3  mrg  int, (int entity), NULL)
   5855  1.3  mrg 
   5856  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   5857  1.3  mrg (exit,
   5858  1.3  mrg  "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching.  It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit.  If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
   5859  1.3  mrg  int, (int entity), NULL)
   5860  1.3  mrg 
   5861  1.3  mrg DEFHOOK
   5862  1.3  mrg (priority,
   5863  1.3  mrg  "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest.  The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}.  For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
   5864  1.3  mrg  int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
   5865  1.3  mrg 
   5866  1.3  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
   5867  1.3  mrg 
   5868  1.1  mrg /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition.  */
   5869  1.1  mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
   5870  1.3  mrg 
   5871